kernel/linux
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/ synced 2026-11-08 18:57:22 +00:00
Code Issues Releases Packages Activity
linux/net/devlink/leftover.c

9531 lines
250 KiB
Raw Permalink Normal View History

treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 152 Based on 1 normalized pattern(s): this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at your option any later version extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier GPL-2.0-or-later has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 3029 file(s). Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net> Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190527070032.746973796@linutronix.de Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2019-05-27 08:55:01 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: Don't include filter.h from net/sock.h sock.h is pretty heavily used (5k objects rebuilt on x86 after it's touched). We can drop the include of filter.h from it and add a forward declaration of struct sk_filter instead. This decreases the number of rebuilt objects when bpf.h is touched from ~5k to ~1k. There's a lot of missing includes this was masking. Primarily in networking tho, this time. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Stefano Garzarella <sgarzare@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20211229004913.513372-1-kuba@kernel.org
2021-12-28 16:49:13 -08:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
devlink: Change devlink health locking mechanism The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already held. With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock only to protect access to shared reporters list. Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while being used. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-29 12:41:45 +03:00
devlink: add warning in case driver does not set port type Prevent misbehavior of drivers who would not set port type for longer period of time. Drivers should always set port type. Do WARN if that happens. Note that it is perfectly fine to temporarily not have the type set, during initialization and port type change. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-23 10:43:35 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: add hardware messages tracing facility Define a tracepoint and allow user to trace messages going to and from hardware associated with devlink instance. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-12 18:05:03 +02:00
devlink: split out core code Move core code into a separate file. It's spread around the main file which makes refactoring and figuring out how devlink works harder. Move the xarray, all the most core devlink instance code out like locking, ref counting, alloc, register, etc. Leave port stuff in leftover.c, if we want to move port code it'd probably be to its own file. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:19 -08:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
Revert "Merge branch 'mlxsw-line-card-model'" This reverts commit 5e927a9f4b9f29d78a7c7d66ea717bb5c8bbad8e, reversing changes made to cfc1d91a7d78cf9de25b043d81efcc16966d55b3. The discussion is still ongoing so let's remove the uAPI until the discussion settles. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20220425090021.32e9a98f@kernel.org/ Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220504154037.539442-1-kuba@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-05-04 08:40:37 -07:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
net: devlink: introduce nested devlink entity for line card For the purpose of exposing device info and allow flash update which is going to be implemented in follow-up patches, introduce a possibility for a line card to expose relation to nested devlink entity. The nested devlink entity represents the line card. Example: $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 1 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state active type 16x100G nested_devlink auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink dev show auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-25 10:29:16 +02:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: Simplify devlink resources unregister call The devlink_resources_unregister() used second parameter as an entry point for the recursive removal of devlink resources. None of the callers outside of devlink core needed to use this field, so let's remove it. As part of this removal, the "struct devlink_resource" was moved from .h to .c file as it is not possible to use in any place in the code except devlink.c. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-11-30 12:16:20 +02:00
devlink: Add Ethernet header for dpipe This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many drivers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:39:59 +02:00
devlink: Maintain consistency in mac field name IPv4 name uses "destination ip" as does the IPv6 patch set. Make the mac field consistent. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-30 17:07:30 -07:00
devlink: Add Ethernet header for dpipe This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many drivers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:39:59 +02:00
devlink: make all symbols GPL-only devlink_alloc() and devlink_register() are both GPL. A non-GPL module won't get far, so for consistency we can make all symbols GPL without risking any real life breakage. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-10-28 14:19:13 -07:00
devlink: Add Ethernet header for dpipe This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many drivers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:39:59 +02:00
devlink: Add IPv4 header for dpipe This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many drivers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:40:00 +02:00
devlink: make all symbols GPL-only devlink_alloc() and devlink_register() are both GPL. A non-GPL module won't get far, so for consistency we can make all symbols GPL without risking any real life breakage. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-10-28 14:19:13 -07:00
devlink: Add IPv4 header for dpipe This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many drivers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:40:00 +02:00
devlink: Add IPv6 header for dpipe This will be used by the IPv6 host table which will be introduced in the following patches. The fields in the header are added per-use. This header is global and can be reused by many drivers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-31 17:59:12 +02:00
devlink: make all symbols GPL-only devlink_alloc() and devlink_register() are both GPL. A non-GPL module won't get far, so for consistency we can make all symbols GPL without risking any real life breakage. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-10-28 14:19:13 -07:00
devlink: Add IPv6 header for dpipe This will be used by the IPv6 host table which will be introduced in the following patches. The fields in the header are added per-use. This header is global and can be reused by many drivers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-31 17:59:12 +02:00
devlink: add hardware messages tracing facility Define a tracepoint and allow user to trace messages going to and from hardware associated with devlink instance. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-12 18:05:03 +02:00
devlink: add hardware errors tracing facility Define a tracepoint and allow user to trace messages in case of an hardware error code for hardware associated with devlink instance. Signed-off-by: Nir Dotan <nird@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-04 18:47:45 +00:00
devlink: Add a tracepoint for trap reports Add a tracepoint for trap reports so that drop monitor could register its probe on it. Use trace_devlink_trap_report_enabled() to avoid wasting cycles setting the trap metadata if the tracepoint is not enabled. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-29 11:15:50 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control RoCE Expose port function commands to enable / disable RoCE, this is used to control the port RoCE device capabilities. When RoCE is disabled for a function of the port, function cannot create any RoCE specific resources (e.g GID table). It also saves system memory utilization. For example disabling RoCE enable a VF/SF saves 1 Mbytes of system memory per function. Example of a PCI VF port which supports function configuration: Set RoCE of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 roce disable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce disable Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:15 +02:00
net/devlink: Support setting hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Allow users to set port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:49 +00:00
devlink: Support get and set state of port function devlink port function can be in active or inactive state. Allow users to get and set port function's state. When the port function it activated, its operational state may change after a while when the device is created and driver binds to it. Similarly on deactivation flow. To clearly describe the state of the port function and its device's operational state in the host system, define state and opstate attributes. Example of a PCI SF port which supports a port function: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:08:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "external": false, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:15 -08:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control RoCE Expose port function commands to enable / disable RoCE, this is used to control the port RoCE device capabilities. When RoCE is disabled for a function of the port, function cannot create any RoCE specific resources (e.g GID table). It also saves system memory utilization. For example disabling RoCE enable a VF/SF saves 1 Mbytes of system memory per function. Example of a PCI VF port which supports function configuration: Set RoCE of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 roce disable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce disable Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:15 +02:00
net/devlink: Support setting hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Allow users to set port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:49 +00:00
net: devlink: introduce port registered assert helper and use it Instead of checking devlink_port->devlink pointer for not being NULL which indicates that devlink port is registered, put this check to new pair of helpers similar to what we have for devlink and use them in other functions. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:56 +02:00
net: devlink: introduce a flag to indicate devlink port being registered Instead of relying on devlink pointer not being initialized, introduce an extra flag to indicate if devlink port is registered. This is needed as later on devlink pointer is going to be initialized even in case devlink port is not registered yet. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:57 +02:00
net: devlink: introduce port registered assert helper and use it Instead of checking devlink_port->devlink pointer for not being NULL which indicates that devlink port is registered, put this check to new pair of helpers similar to what we have for devlink and use them in other functions. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:56 +02:00
net: devlink: introduce a flag to indicate devlink port being registered Instead of relying on devlink pointer not being initialized, introduce an extra flag to indicate if devlink port is registered. This is needed as later on devlink pointer is going to be initialized even in case devlink port is not registered yet. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:57 +02:00
net: devlink: add port_init/fini() helpers to allow pre-register/post-unregister functions Lifetime of some of the devlink objects, like regions, is currently forced to be different for devlink instance and devlink port instance (per-port regions). The reason is that for devlink ports, the internal structures initialization happens only after devlink_port_register() is called. To resolve this inconsistency, introduce new set of helpers to allow driver to initialize devlink pointer and region list before devlink_register() is called. That allows port regions to be created before devlink port registration and destroyed after devlink port unregistration. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:58 +02:00
net: devlink: introduce port registered assert helper and use it Instead of checking devlink_port->devlink pointer for not being NULL which indicates that devlink port is registered, put this check to new pair of helpers similar to what we have for devlink and use them in other functions. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:56 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Make port index data type as unsigned int Devlink port index attribute is returned to users as u32 through netlink response. Change index data type from 'unsigned' to 'unsigned int' to avoid below checkpatch.pl warning. WARNING: Prefer 'unsigned int' to bare use of 'unsigned' 81: FILE: include/net/devlink.h:81: + unsigned index; Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 05:39:44 -05:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: convert port_list into xarray Some devlink instances may contain thousands of ports. Storing them in linked list and looking them up is not scalable. Convert the linked list into xarray. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-30 09:52:50 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Move devlink health get and set code to health file Move devlink health get and set callbacks and related code from leftover.c to health.c. No functional change in this patch. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-02-14 18:37:59 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: split out netlink code Move out the netlink glue into a separate file. Leave the ops in the old file because we'd have to export a ton of functions. Going forward we should switch to split ops which will let us to put the new ops in the netlink.c file. Pure code move, no functional changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:20 -08:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: split out netlink code Move out the netlink glue into a separate file. Leave the ops in the old file because we'd have to export a ton of functions. Going forward we should switch to split ops which will let us to put the new ops in the netlink.c file. Pure code move, no functional changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:20 -08:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: split out netlink code Move out the netlink glue into a separate file. Leave the ops in the old file because we'd have to export a ton of functions. Going forward we should switch to split ops which will let us to put the new ops in the netlink.c file. Pure code move, no functional changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:20 -08:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: split out netlink code Move out the netlink glue into a separate file. Leave the ops in the old file because we'd have to export a ton of functions. Going forward we should switch to split ops which will let us to put the new ops in the netlink.c file. Pure code move, no functional changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:20 -08:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control RoCE Expose port function commands to enable / disable RoCE, this is used to control the port RoCE device capabilities. When RoCE is disabled for a function of the port, function cannot create any RoCE specific resources (e.g GID table). It also saves system memory utilization. For example disabling RoCE enable a VF/SF saves 1 Mbytes of system memory per function. Example of a PCI VF port which supports function configuration: Set RoCE of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 roce disable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce disable Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:15 +02:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control migratable Expose port function commands to enable / disable migratable capability, this is used to set the port function as migratable. Live migration is the process of transferring a live virtual machine from one physical host to another without disrupting its normal operation. In order for a VM to be able to perform LM, all the VM components must be able to perform migration. e.g.: to be migratable. In order for VF to be migratable, VF must be bound to VFIO driver with migration support. When migratable capability is enabled for a function of the port, the device is making the necessary preparations for the function to be migratable, which might include disabling features which cannot be migrated. Example of LM with migratable function configuration: Set migratable of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 migratable disable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 migratable enable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 migratable enable Bind VF to VFIO driver with migration support: $ echo <pci_id> > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:08:00.0/driver/unbind $ echo mlx5_vfio_pci > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:08:00.0/driver_override $ echo <pci_id> > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:08:00.0/driver/bind Attach VF to the VM. Start the VM. Perform LM. Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:18 +02:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control RoCE Expose port function commands to enable / disable RoCE, this is used to control the port RoCE device capabilities. When RoCE is disabled for a function of the port, function cannot create any RoCE specific resources (e.g GID table). It also saves system memory utilization. For example disabling RoCE enable a VF/SF saves 1 Mbytes of system memory per function. Example of a PCI VF port which supports function configuration: Set RoCE of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 roce disable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce disable Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:15 +02:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control migratable Expose port function commands to enable / disable migratable capability, this is used to set the port function as migratable. Live migration is the process of transferring a live virtual machine from one physical host to another without disrupting its normal operation. In order for a VM to be able to perform LM, all the VM components must be able to perform migration. e.g.: to be migratable. In order for VF to be migratable, VF must be bound to VFIO driver with migration support. When migratable capability is enabled for a function of the port, the device is making the necessary preparations for the function to be migratable, which might include disabling features which cannot be migrated. Example of LM with migratable function configuration: Set migratable of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 migratable disable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 migratable enable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 migratable enable Bind VF to VFIO driver with migration support: $ echo <pci_id> > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:08:00.0/driver/unbind $ echo mlx5_vfio_pci > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:08:00.0/driver_override $ echo <pci_id> > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:08:00.0/driver/bind Attach VF to the VM. Start the VM. Perform LM. Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:18 +02:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control RoCE Expose port function commands to enable / disable RoCE, this is used to control the port RoCE device capabilities. When RoCE is disabled for a function of the port, function cannot create any RoCE specific resources (e.g GID table). It also saves system memory utilization. For example disabling RoCE enable a VF/SF saves 1 Mbytes of system memory per function. Example of a PCI VF port which supports function configuration: Set RoCE of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 roce disable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce disable Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:15 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
devlink: prepare to support region operations Modify the devlink region code in preparation for adding new operations on regions. Create a devlink_region_ops structure, and move the name pointer from within the devlink_region structure into the ops structure (similar to the devlink_health_reporter_ops). This prepares the regions to enable support of additional operations in the future such as requesting snapshots, or accessing the region directly without a snapshot. In order to re-use the constant strings in the mlx4 driver their declaration must be changed to 'const char * const' to ensure the compiler realizes that both the data and the pointer cannot change. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:08 -07:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
net: devlink: introduce nested devlink entity for line card For the purpose of exposing device info and allow flash update which is going to be implemented in follow-up patches, introduce a possibility for a line card to expose relation to nested devlink entity. The nested devlink entity represents the line card. Example: $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 1 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state active type 16x100G nested_devlink auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink dev show auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-25 10:29:16 +02:00
net: expose devlink port over rtnetlink Expose devlink port handle related to netdev over rtnetlink. Introduce a new nested IFLA attribute to carry the info. Call into devlink code to fill-up the nest with existing devlink attributes that are used over devlink netlink. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:11 +01:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
devlink: Move set attribute of devlink_port_attrs to devlink_port The struct devlink_port_attrs holds the attributes of devlink_port. The 'set' field is not devlink_port's attribute as opposed to most of the others. Move 'set' to be devlink_port's field called 'attrs_set'. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:14 +03:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
devlink: Add a new devlink port lanes attribute and pass to netlink Add a new devlink port attribute that indicates the port's number of lanes. Drivers are expected to set it via devlink_port_attrs_set(), before registering the port. The attribute is not passed to user space in case the number of lanes is invalid (0). Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:18 +03:00
devlink: Add a new devlink port split ability attribute and pass to netlink Add a new attribute that indicates the split ability of devlink port. Drivers are expected to set it via devlink_port_attrs_set(), before registering the port. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:20 +03:00
devlink: extend attrs_set for setting port flavours Devlink ports can have specific flavour according to the purpose of use. This patch extend attrs_set so the driver can say which flavour port has. Initial flavours are: physical, cpu, dsa User can query this to see right away what is the purpose of each port. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:01 +02:00
devlink: Use switch-case instead of if-else Make core more readable with switch-case for various port flavours. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 05:39:45 -05:00
devlink: Introduce controller number A devlink port may be for a controller consist of PCI device. A devlink instance holds ports of two types of controllers. (1) controller discovered on same system where eswitch resides This is the case where PCI PF/VF of a controller and devlink eswitch instance both are located on a single system. (2) controller located on external host system. This is the case where a controller is located in one system and its devlink eswitch ports are located in a different system. When a devlink eswitch instance serves the devlink ports of both controllers together, PCI PF/VF numbers may overlap. Due to this a unique phys_port_name cannot be constructed. For example in below such system controller-0 and controller-1, each has PCI PF pf0 whose eswitch ports can be present in controller-0. These results in phys_port_name as "pf0" for both. Similar problem exists for VFs and upcoming Sub functions. An example view of two controller systems: --------------------------------------------------------- | | | --------- --------- ------- ------- | ----------- | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | | server | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | | pci rc |=== | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | | connect | | ------- ------- | ----------- | | controller_num=1 (no eswitch) | ------|-------------------------------------------------- (internal wire) | --------------------------------------------------------- | devlink eswitch ports and reps | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | |ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 |ctrl-0 | | | |pf0 | pf0vfN | pf0sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf1sfN | | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | |ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 |ctrl-1 | | | |pf1 | pf1vfN | pf1sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf0sfN | | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | | | | | --------- --------- ------- ------- | | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | | | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | | ------- ------- | | | | local controller_num=0 (eswitch) | --------------------------------------------------------- An example devlink port for external controller with controller number = 1 for a VF 1 of PF 0: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf controller 1 pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "controller": 1, "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:37 +03:00
devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00
devlink: Introduce external controller flag A devlink eswitch port may represent PCI PF/VF ports of a controller. A controller either located on same system or it can be an external controller located in host where such NIC is plugged in. Add the ability for driver to specify if a port is for external controller. Use such flag in the mlx5_core driver. An example of an external controller having VF1 of PF0 belong to controller 1. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:36 +03:00
devlink: Use switch-case instead of if-else Make core more readable with switch-case for various port flavours. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 05:39:45 -05:00
devlink: Introduce controller number A devlink port may be for a controller consist of PCI device. A devlink instance holds ports of two types of controllers. (1) controller discovered on same system where eswitch resides This is the case where PCI PF/VF of a controller and devlink eswitch instance both are located on a single system. (2) controller located on external host system. This is the case where a controller is located in one system and its devlink eswitch ports are located in a different system. When a devlink eswitch instance serves the devlink ports of both controllers together, PCI PF/VF numbers may overlap. Due to this a unique phys_port_name cannot be constructed. For example in below such system controller-0 and controller-1, each has PCI PF pf0 whose eswitch ports can be present in controller-0. These results in phys_port_name as "pf0" for both. Similar problem exists for VFs and upcoming Sub functions. An example view of two controller systems: --------------------------------------------------------- | | | --------- --------- ------- ------- | ----------- | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | | server | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | | pci rc |=== | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | | connect | | ------- ------- | ----------- | | controller_num=1 (no eswitch) | ------|-------------------------------------------------- (internal wire) | --------------------------------------------------------- | devlink eswitch ports and reps | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | |ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 |ctrl-0 | | | |pf0 | pf0vfN | pf0sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf1sfN | | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | |ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 |ctrl-1 | | | |pf1 | pf1vfN | pf1sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf0sfN | | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | | | | | --------- --------- ------- ------- | | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | | | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | | ------- ------- | | | | local controller_num=0 (eswitch) | --------------------------------------------------------- An example devlink port for external controller with controller number = 1 for a VF 1 of PF 0: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf controller 1 pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "controller": 1, "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:37 +03:00
devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00
devlink: Introduce external controller flag A devlink eswitch port may represent PCI PF/VF ports of a controller. A controller either located on same system or it can be an external controller located in host where such NIC is plugged in. Add the ability for driver to specify if a port is for external controller. Use such flag in the mlx5_core driver. An example of an external controller having VF1 of PF0 belong to controller 1. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:36 +03:00
devlink: Use switch-case instead of if-else Make core more readable with switch-case for various port flavours. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 05:39:45 -05:00
devlink: Introduce PCI SF port flavour and port attribute A PCI sub-function (SF) represents a portion of the device similar to PCI VF. In an eswitch, PCI SF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with SF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI SF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI SF, fill up PCI SF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and SF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. This is done as cApfNSfM, where A, N and M are controller, PCI PF and PCI SF number respectively. This is similar to existing naming for PCI PF and PCI VF ports. An example view of a PCI SF port: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate attached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:13 -08:00
devlink: Use switch-case instead of if-else Make core more readable with switch-case for various port flavours. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 05:39:45 -05:00
devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
devlink: Prepare code to fill multiple port function attributes Prepare code to fill zero or more port function optional attributes. Subsequent patch makes use of this to fill more port function attributes. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:12 -08:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
devlink: Prepare code to fill multiple port function attributes Prepare code to fill zero or more port function optional attributes. Subsequent patch makes use of this to fill more port function attributes. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:12 -08:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Remove check of always valid devlink pointer Devlink objects are accessible only after they were registered and have valid devlink_*->devlink pointers. Remove that check and simplify respective fill functions as an outcome of such change. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-14 12:57:27 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Remove check of always valid devlink pointer Devlink objects are accessible only after they were registered and have valid devlink_*->devlink pointers. Remove that check and simplify respective fill functions as an outcome of such change. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-14 12:57:27 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting tx rate for devlink rate leaf objects Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_SET command with new attributes DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_TX_{SHARE|MAX} that are used to set devlink rate shared/max tx rate values. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_leaf_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement rate control through devlink. New attributes are optional. Driver implementations are allowed to support either or both of them. Shared rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_share 10mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_share 10mbit Max rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_max 100mbit Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:22 +03:00
devlink: Introduce new attribute 'tx_priority' to devlink-rate To fully utilize offload capabilities of Intel 100G card QoS capabilities new attribute 'tx_priority' needs to be introduced. This attribute allows for usage of strict priority arbiter among siblings. This arbitration scheme attempts to schedule nodes based on their priority as long as the nodes remain within their bandwidth limit. Introduce new attribute in devlink-rate that will allow for configuration of strict priority. New attribute is optional. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:15 +01:00
devlink: Introduce new attribute 'tx_weight' to devlink-rate To fully utilize offload capabilities of Intel 100G card QoS capabilities new attribute 'tx_weight' needs to be introduced. This attribute allows for usage of Weighted Fair Queuing arbitration scheme among siblings. This arbitration scheme can be used simultaneously with the strict priority. Introduce new attribute in devlink-rate that will allow for configuration of Weighted Fair Queueing. New attribute is optional. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:16 +01:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Support get and set state of port function devlink port function can be in active or inactive state. Allow users to get and set port function's state. When the port function it activated, its operational state may change after a while when the device is created and driver binds to it. Similarly on deactivation flow. To clearly describe the state of the port function and its device's operational state in the host system, define state and opstate attributes. Example of a PCI SF port which supports a port function: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:08:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "external": false, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:15 -08:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
devlink: Support get and set state of port function devlink port function can be in active or inactive state. Allow users to get and set port function's state. When the port function it activated, its operational state may change after a while when the device is created and driver binds to it. Similarly on deactivation flow. To clearly describe the state of the port function and its device's operational state in the host system, define state and opstate attributes. Example of a PCI SF port which supports a port function: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:08:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "external": false, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:15 -08:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
devlink: Support get and set state of port function devlink port function can be in active or inactive state. Allow users to get and set port function's state. When the port function it activated, its operational state may change after a while when the device is created and driver binds to it. Similarly on deactivation flow. To clearly describe the state of the port function and its device's operational state in the host system, define state and opstate attributes. Example of a PCI SF port which supports a port function: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:08:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "external": false, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:15 -08:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Support get and set state of port function devlink port function can be in active or inactive state. Allow users to get and set port function's state. When the port function it activated, its operational state may change after a while when the device is created and driver binds to it. Similarly on deactivation flow. To clearly describe the state of the port function and its device's operational state in the host system, define state and opstate attributes. Example of a PCI SF port which supports a port function: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:08:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "external": false, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:15 -08:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Support get and set state of port function devlink port function can be in active or inactive state. Allow users to get and set port function's state. When the port function it activated, its operational state may change after a while when the device is created and driver binds to it. Similarly on deactivation flow. To clearly describe the state of the port function and its device's operational state in the host system, define state and opstate attributes. Example of a PCI SF port which supports a port function: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:08:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "external": false, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:15 -08:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control migratable Expose port function commands to enable / disable migratable capability, this is used to set the port function as migratable. Live migration is the process of transferring a live virtual machine from one physical host to another without disrupting its normal operation. In order for a VM to be able to perform LM, all the VM components must be able to perform migration. e.g.: to be migratable. In order for VF to be migratable, VF must be bound to VFIO driver with migration support. When migratable capability is enabled for a function of the port, the device is making the necessary preparations for the function to be migratable, which might include disabling features which cannot be migrated. Example of LM with migratable function configuration: Set migratable of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 migratable disable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 migratable enable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 migratable enable Bind VF to VFIO driver with migration support: $ echo <pci_id> > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:08:00.0/driver/unbind $ echo mlx5_vfio_pci > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:08:00.0/driver_override $ echo <pci_id> > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:08:00.0/driver/bind Attach VF to the VM. Start the VM. Perform LM. Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:18 +02:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control RoCE Expose port function commands to enable / disable RoCE, this is used to control the port RoCE device capabilities. When RoCE is disabled for a function of the port, function cannot create any RoCE specific resources (e.g GID table). It also saves system memory utilization. For example disabling RoCE enable a VF/SF saves 1 Mbytes of system memory per function. Example of a PCI VF port which supports function configuration: Set RoCE of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 roce disable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce disable Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:15 +02:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control migratable Expose port function commands to enable / disable migratable capability, this is used to set the port function as migratable. Live migration is the process of transferring a live virtual machine from one physical host to another without disrupting its normal operation. In order for a VM to be able to perform LM, all the VM components must be able to perform migration. e.g.: to be migratable. In order for VF to be migratable, VF must be bound to VFIO driver with migration support. When migratable capability is enabled for a function of the port, the device is making the necessary preparations for the function to be migratable, which might include disabling features which cannot be migrated. Example of LM with migratable function configuration: Set migratable of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 migratable disable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 migratable enable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 migratable enable Bind VF to VFIO driver with migration support: $ echo <pci_id> > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:08:00.0/driver/unbind $ echo mlx5_vfio_pci > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:08:00.0/driver_override $ echo <pci_id> > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:08:00.0/driver/bind Attach VF to the VM. Start the VM. Perform LM. Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:18 +02:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control RoCE Expose port function commands to enable / disable RoCE, this is used to control the port RoCE device capabilities. When RoCE is disabled for a function of the port, function cannot create any RoCE specific resources (e.g GID table). It also saves system memory utilization. For example disabling RoCE enable a VF/SF saves 1 Mbytes of system memory per function. Example of a PCI VF port which supports function configuration: Set RoCE of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 roce disable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce disable Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:15 +02:00
net/devlink: Support querying hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Enable users to query port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:66 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "enp6s0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:11:22:33:44:66" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:48 +00:00
devlink: Prepare code to fill multiple port function attributes Prepare code to fill zero or more port function optional attributes. Subsequent patch makes use of this to fill more port function attributes. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:12 -08:00
net/devlink: Support querying hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Enable users to query port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:66 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "enp6s0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:11:22:33:44:66" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:48 +00:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
devlink: Support get and set state of port function devlink port function can be in active or inactive state. Allow users to get and set port function's state. When the port function it activated, its operational state may change after a while when the device is created and driver binds to it. Similarly on deactivation flow. To clearly describe the state of the port function and its device's operational state in the host system, define state and opstate attributes. Example of a PCI SF port which supports a port function: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:08:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "external": false, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:15 -08:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control RoCE Expose port function commands to enable / disable RoCE, this is used to control the port RoCE device capabilities. When RoCE is disabled for a function of the port, function cannot create any RoCE specific resources (e.g GID table). It also saves system memory utilization. For example disabling RoCE enable a VF/SF saves 1 Mbytes of system memory per function. Example of a PCI VF port which supports function configuration: Set RoCE of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 roce disable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce disable Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:15 +02:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
net/devlink: Support querying hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Enable users to query port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:66 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "enp6s0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:11:22:33:44:66" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:48 +00:00
devlink: Prepare code to fill multiple port function attributes Prepare code to fill zero or more port function optional attributes. Subsequent patch makes use of this to fill more port function attributes. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:12 -08:00
net/devlink: Support querying hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Enable users to query port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:66 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "enp6s0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:11:22:33:44:66" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:48 +00:00
devlink: Remove check of always valid devlink pointer Devlink objects are accessible only after they were registered and have valid devlink_*->devlink pointers. Remove that check and simplify respective fill functions as an outcome of such change. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-14 12:57:27 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Remove check of always valid devlink pointer Devlink objects are accessible only after they were registered and have valid devlink_*->devlink pointers. Remove that check and simplify respective fill functions as an outcome of such change. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-14 12:57:27 +03:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Remove check of always valid devlink pointer Devlink objects are accessible only after they were registered and have valid devlink_*->devlink pointers. Remove that check and simplify respective fill functions as an outcome of such change. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-14 12:57:27 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: convert devlink port type-specific pointers to union Instead of storing type_dev as a void pointer, convert it to union and use it to store either struct net_device or struct ib_device pointer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:01:59 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net/devlink: Support querying hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Enable users to query port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:66 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "enp6s0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:11:22:33:44:66" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:48 +00:00
devlink: add port to line card relationship set In order to properly inform user about relationship between port and line card, introduce a driver API to set line card for a port. Use this information to extend port devlink netlink message by line card index and also include the line card index into phys_port_name and by that into a netdevice name. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:28 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Remove check of always valid devlink pointer Devlink objects are accessible only after they were registered and have valid devlink_*->devlink pointers. Remove that check and simplify respective fill functions as an outcome of such change. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-14 12:57:27 +03:00
devlink: Add missed notifications iterators The commit mentioned in Fixes line missed a couple of notifications that were registered before devlink_register() and should be delayed too. As such, the too early placed WARN_ON() check spotted it. WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 6540 at net/core/devlink.c:5158 devlink_nl_region_notify+0x184/0x1e0 net/core/devlink.c:5158 Modules linked in: CPU: 1 PID: 6540 Comm: syz-executor.0 Not tainted 5.15.0-rc2-syzkaller #0 Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011 RIP: 0010:devlink_nl_region_notify+0x184/0x1e0 net/core/devlink.c:5158 Code: 38 41 b8 c0 0c 00 00 31 d2 48 89 ee 4c 89 e7 e8 72 1a 26 00 48 83 c4 08 5b 5d 41 5c 41 5d 41 5e e9 01 bd 41 fa e8 fc bc 41 fa <0f> 0b e9 f7 fe ff ff e8 f0 bc 41 fa 0f 0b eb da 4c 89 e7 e8 c4 18 RSP: 0018:ffffc90002d6f658 EFLAGS: 00010293 RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: 0000000000000000 RDX: ffff88801f08d580 RSI: ffffffff87344e94 RDI: 0000000000000003 RBP: ffff88801ee42100 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 0000000000000000 R10: ffffffff87344d8a R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffff88801c1dc000 R13: 0000000000000000 R14: 000000000000002c R15: ffff88801c1dc070 FS: 0000555555e8e400(0000) GS:ffff8880b9d00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 CR2: 000055dd7c590310 CR3: 0000000069a09000 CR4: 00000000003506e0 DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 Call Trace: devlink_region_create+0x39f/0x4c0 net/core/devlink.c:10327 nsim_dev_dummy_region_init drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:481 [inline] nsim_dev_probe+0x5f6/0x1150 drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:1479 call_driver_probe drivers/base/dd.c:517 [inline] really_probe+0x245/0xcc0 drivers/base/dd.c:596 __driver_probe_device+0x338/0x4d0 drivers/base/dd.c:751 driver_probe_device+0x4c/0x1a0 drivers/base/dd.c:781 __device_attach_driver+0x20b/0x2f0 drivers/base/dd.c:898 bus_for_each_drv+0x15f/0x1e0 drivers/base/bus.c:427 __device_attach+0x228/0x4a0 drivers/base/dd.c:969 bus_probe_device+0x1e4/0x290 drivers/base/bus.c:487 device_add+0xc35/0x21b0 drivers/base/core.c:3359 nsim_bus_dev_new drivers/net/netdevsim/bus.c:435 [inline] new_device_store+0x48b/0x770 drivers/net/netdevsim/bus.c:302 bus_attr_store+0x72/0xa0 drivers/base/bus.c:122 sysfs_kf_write+0x110/0x160 fs/sysfs/file.c:139 kernfs_fop_write_iter+0x342/0x500 fs/kernfs/file.c:296 call_write_iter include/linux/fs.h:2163 [inline] new_sync_write+0x429/0x660 fs/read_write.c:507 vfs_write+0x7cf/0xae0 fs/read_write.c:594 ksys_write+0x12d/0x250 fs/read_write.c:647 do_syscall_x64 arch/x86/entry/common.c:50 [inline] do_syscall_64+0x35/0xb0 arch/x86/entry/common.c:80 entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xae RIP: 0033:0x7f328409d3ef Code: 89 54 24 18 48 89 74 24 10 89 7c 24 08 e8 99 fd ff ff 48 8b 54 24 18 48 8b 74 24 10 41 89 c0 8b 7c 24 08 b8 01 00 00 00 0f 05 <48> 3d 00 f0 ff ff 77 31 44 89 c7 48 89 44 24 08 e8 cc fd ff ff 48 RSP: 002b:00007ffdc6851140 EFLAGS: 00000293 ORIG_RAX: 0000000000000001 RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 0000000000000003 RCX: 00007f328409d3ef RDX: 0000000000000003 RSI: 00007ffdc6851190 RDI: 0000000000000004 RBP: 0000000000000004 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 00007ffdc68510e0 R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000293 R12: 00007f3284144971 R13: 00007ffdc6851190 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: 00007ffdc6851860 Fixes: cf530217408e ("devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible") Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/2ed1159291f2a589b013914f2b60d8172fc525c1.1632925030.git.leonro@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-09-29 17:18:20 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Remove check of always valid devlink pointer Devlink objects are accessible only after they were registered and have valid devlink_*->devlink pointers. Remove that check and simplify respective fill functions as an outcome of such change. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-14 12:57:27 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: add by-instance dump infra Most dumpit implementations walk the devlink instances. This requires careful lock taking and reference dropping. Factor the loop out and provide just a callback to handle a single instance dump. Convert one user as an example, other users converted in the next change. Slightly inspired by ethtool netlink code. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:30 -08:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: use an explicit structure for dump context Create a dump context structure instead of using cb->args as an unsigned long array. This is a pure conversion which is intended to be as much of a noop as possible. Subsequent changes will use this to simplify the code. The two non-trivial parts are: - devlink_nl_cmd_health_reporter_dump_get_dumpit() checks args[0] to see if devlink_fmsg_dumpit() has already been called (whether this is the first msg), but doesn't use the exact value, so we can drop the local variable there already - devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() uses args[0] for address but we'll use args[1] now, shouldn't matter Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:22 -08:00
devlink: add by-instance dump infra Most dumpit implementations walk the devlink instances. This requires careful lock taking and reference dropping. Factor the loop out and provide just a callback to handle a single instance dump. Convert one user as an example, other users converted in the next change. Slightly inspired by ethtool netlink code. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:30 -08:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: add by-instance dump infra Most dumpit implementations walk the devlink instances. This requires careful lock taking and reference dropping. Factor the loop out and provide just a callback to handle a single instance dump. Convert one user as an example, other users converted in the next change. Slightly inspired by ethtool netlink code. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:30 -08:00
devlink: restart dump based on devlink instance ids (nested) Use xarray id for cases of simple sub-object iteration. We'll now use the state->instance for the devlink instances and state->idx for subobject index. Moving the definition of idx into the inner loop makes sense, so while at it also move other sub-object local variables into the loop. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:27 -08:00
devlink: add by-instance dump infra Most dumpit implementations walk the devlink instances. This requires careful lock taking and reference dropping. Factor the loop out and provide just a callback to handle a single instance dump. Convert one user as an example, other users converted in the next change. Slightly inspired by ethtool netlink code. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:30 -08:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: add by-instance dump infra Most dumpit implementations walk the devlink instances. This requires careful lock taking and reference dropping. Factor the loop out and provide just a callback to handle a single instance dump. Convert one user as an example, other users converted in the next change. Slightly inspired by ethtool netlink code. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:30 -08:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: add by-instance dump infra Most dumpit implementations walk the devlink instances. This requires careful lock taking and reference dropping. Factor the loop out and provide just a callback to handle a single instance dump. Convert one user as an example, other users converted in the next change. Slightly inspired by ethtool netlink code. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:30 -08:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: add by-instance dump infra Most dumpit implementations walk the devlink instances. This requires careful lock taking and reference dropping. Factor the loop out and provide just a callback to handle a single instance dump. Convert one user as an example, other users converted in the next change. Slightly inspired by ethtool netlink code. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:30 -08:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: rename and reorder instances of struct devlink_cmd In order to maintain naming consistency, rename and reorder all usages of struct struct devlink_cmd in the following way: 1) Remove "gen" and replace it with "cmd" to match the struct name 2) Order devl_cmds[] and the header file to match the order of enum devlink_command 3) Move devl_cmd_rate_get among the peers 4) Remove "inst" for DEVLINK_CMD_GET 5) Add "_get" suffix to all to match DEVLINK_CMD_*_GET (only rate had it done correctly) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:13 +01:00
devlink: add by-instance dump infra Most dumpit implementations walk the devlink instances. This requires careful lock taking and reference dropping. Factor the loop out and provide just a callback to handle a single instance dump. Convert one user as an example, other users converted in the next change. Slightly inspired by ethtool netlink code. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:30 -08:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Remove check of always valid devlink pointer Devlink objects are accessible only after they were registered and have valid devlink_*->devlink pointers. Remove that check and simplify respective fill functions as an outcome of such change. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-14 12:57:27 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Remove check of always valid devlink pointer Devlink objects are accessible only after they were registered and have valid devlink_*->devlink pointers. Remove that check and simplify respective fill functions as an outcome of such change. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-14 12:57:27 +03:00
net/devlink: Prepare devlink port functions to fill extack Prepare devlink port related functions to optionally fill up the extack information which will be used in subsequent patch by port function attribute(s). Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:47 +00:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: use an explicit structure for dump context Create a dump context structure instead of using cb->args as an unsigned long array. This is a pure conversion which is intended to be as much of a noop as possible. Subsequent changes will use this to simplify the code. The two non-trivial parts are: - devlink_nl_cmd_health_reporter_dump_get_dumpit() checks args[0] to see if devlink_fmsg_dumpit() has already been called (whether this is the first msg), but doesn't use the exact value, so we can drop the local variable there already - devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() uses args[0] for address but we'll use args[1] now, shouldn't matter Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:22 -08:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: use xa_for_each_start() helper in devlink_nl_cmd_port_get_dump_one() As xarray has an iterator helper that allows to start from specified index, use this directly and avoid repeated iteration from 0. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:28 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: use xa_for_each_start() helper in devlink_nl_cmd_port_get_dump_one() As xarray has an iterator helper that allows to start from specified index, use this directly and avoid repeated iteration from 0. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:28 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: rename and reorder instances of struct devlink_cmd In order to maintain naming consistency, rename and reorder all usages of struct struct devlink_cmd in the following way: 1) Remove "gen" and replace it with "cmd" to match the struct name 2) Order devl_cmds[] and the header file to match the order of enum devlink_command 3) Move devl_cmd_rate_get among the peers 4) Remove "inst" for DEVLINK_CMD_GET 5) Add "_get" suffix to all to match DEVLINK_CMD_*_GET (only rate had it done correctly) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:13 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Fix port_type_set function pointer check Fix a typo when checking existence of port_type_set function pointer. Fixes: 82564f6c706a ("devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls") Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-09 15:03:19 +03:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
net/devlink: Support setting hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Allow users to set port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:49 +00:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
net/devlink: Support setting hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Allow users to set port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:49 +00:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
net/devlink: Support setting hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Allow users to set port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:49 +00:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
net/devlink: Support setting hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Allow users to set port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:49 +00:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
net/devlink: Support setting hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Allow users to set port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:49 +00:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
net/devlink: Support setting hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Allow users to set port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:49 +00:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
devlink: Support get and set state of port function devlink port function can be in active or inactive state. Allow users to get and set port function's state. When the port function it activated, its operational state may change after a while when the device is created and driver binds to it. Similarly on deactivation flow. To clearly describe the state of the port function and its device's operational state in the host system, define state and opstate attributes. Example of a PCI SF port which supports a port function: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:08:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "external": false, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:15 -08:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
devlink: Validate port function request In order to avoid partial request processing, validate the request before processing it. Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:13 +02:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control RoCE Expose port function commands to enable / disable RoCE, this is used to control the port RoCE device capabilities. When RoCE is disabled for a function of the port, function cannot create any RoCE specific resources (e.g GID table). It also saves system memory utilization. For example disabling RoCE enable a VF/SF saves 1 Mbytes of system memory per function. Example of a PCI VF port which supports function configuration: Set RoCE of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 roce disable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce disable Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:15 +02:00
devlink: Validate port function request In order to avoid partial request processing, validate the request before processing it. Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:13 +02:00
devlink: Support get and set state of port function devlink port function can be in active or inactive state. Allow users to get and set port function's state. When the port function it activated, its operational state may change after a while when the device is created and driver binds to it. Similarly on deactivation flow. To clearly describe the state of the port function and its device's operational state in the host system, define state and opstate attributes. Example of a PCI SF port which supports a port function: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:08:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "external": false, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:15 -08:00
devlink: Validate port function request In order to avoid partial request processing, validate the request before processing it. Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:13 +02:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control RoCE Expose port function commands to enable / disable RoCE, this is used to control the port RoCE device capabilities. When RoCE is disabled for a function of the port, function cannot create any RoCE specific resources (e.g GID table). It also saves system memory utilization. For example disabling RoCE enable a VF/SF saves 1 Mbytes of system memory per function. Example of a PCI VF port which supports function configuration: Set RoCE of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 roce disable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce disable Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:15 +02:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control migratable Expose port function commands to enable / disable migratable capability, this is used to set the port function as migratable. Live migration is the process of transferring a live virtual machine from one physical host to another without disrupting its normal operation. In order for a VM to be able to perform LM, all the VM components must be able to perform migration. e.g.: to be migratable. In order for VF to be migratable, VF must be bound to VFIO driver with migration support. When migratable capability is enabled for a function of the port, the device is making the necessary preparations for the function to be migratable, which might include disabling features which cannot be migrated. Example of LM with migratable function configuration: Set migratable of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 migratable disable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 migratable enable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 migratable enable Bind VF to VFIO driver with migration support: $ echo <pci_id> > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:08:00.0/driver/unbind $ echo mlx5_vfio_pci > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:08:00.0/driver_override $ echo <pci_id> > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:08:00.0/driver/bind Attach VF to the VM. Start the VM. Perform LM. Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:18 +02:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control RoCE Expose port function commands to enable / disable RoCE, this is used to control the port RoCE device capabilities. When RoCE is disabled for a function of the port, function cannot create any RoCE specific resources (e.g GID table). It also saves system memory utilization. For example disabling RoCE enable a VF/SF saves 1 Mbytes of system memory per function. Example of a PCI VF port which supports function configuration: Set RoCE of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 roce disable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce disable Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:15 +02:00
devlink: Validate port function request In order to avoid partial request processing, validate the request before processing it. Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:13 +02:00
net/devlink: Support setting hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Allow users to set port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:49 +00:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
net/devlink: Support setting hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Allow users to set port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:49 +00:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
net/devlink: Support setting hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Allow users to set port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:49 +00:00
devlink: Validate port function request In order to avoid partial request processing, validate the request before processing it. Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:13 +02:00
net/devlink: Support setting hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Allow users to set port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:49 +00:00
devlink: Support get and set state of port function devlink port function can be in active or inactive state. Allow users to get and set port function's state. When the port function it activated, its operational state may change after a while when the device is created and driver binds to it. Similarly on deactivation flow. To clearly describe the state of the port function and its device's operational state in the host system, define state and opstate attributes. Example of a PCI SF port which supports a port function: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:08:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "external": false, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:15 -08:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
devlink: Support get and set state of port function devlink port function can be in active or inactive state. Allow users to get and set port function's state. When the port function it activated, its operational state may change after a while when the device is created and driver binds to it. Similarly on deactivation flow. To clearly describe the state of the port function and its device's operational state in the host system, define state and opstate attributes. Example of a PCI SF port which supports a port function: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:08:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "external": false, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:15 -08:00
devlink: Expose port function commands to control RoCE Expose port function commands to enable / disable RoCE, this is used to control the port RoCE device capabilities. When RoCE is disabled for a function of the port, function cannot create any RoCE specific resources (e.g GID table). It also saves system memory utilization. For example disabling RoCE enable a VF/SF saves 1 Mbytes of system memory per function. Example of a PCI VF port which supports function configuration: Set RoCE of the VF's port function. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 roce disable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce disable Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-06 20:51:15 +02:00
devlink: Support get and set state of port function devlink port function can be in active or inactive state. Allow users to get and set port function's state. When the port function it activated, its operational state may change after a while when the device is created and driver binds to it. Similarly on deactivation flow. To clearly describe the state of the port function and its device's operational state in the host system, define state and opstate attributes. Example of a PCI SF port which supports a port function: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:08:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "external": false, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:15 -08:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
net/devlink: Support setting hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Allow users to set port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:49 +00:00
devlink: Prepare code to fill multiple port function attributes Prepare code to fill zero or more port function optional attributes. Subsequent patch makes use of this to fill more port function attributes. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:12 -08:00
net/devlink: Support setting hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Allow users to set port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:49 +00:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net/devlink: Support setting hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Allow users to set port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:49 +00:00
devlink: Simplify devlink port API calls Devlink port already has pointer to the devlink instance and all API calls that forward these devlink ports to the drivers perform same "devlink_port->devlink" assignment before actual call. This patch removes useless parameter and allows us in the future to create specific devlink_port_ops to manage user space access with reliable ops assignment. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 14:41:21 +03:00
net/devlink: Support setting hardware address of port function PCI PF and VF devlink port can manage the function represented by a devlink port. Allow users to set port function's hardware address. Example of a PCI VF port which supports a port function: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-06-19 03:32:49 +00:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: pass devlink_port to port_split / port_unsplit callbacks Now that devlink ports are protected by the instance lock it seems natural to pass devlink_port as an argument to the port_split / port_unsplit callbacks. This should save the drivers from doing a lookup. In theory drivers may have supported unsplitting ports which were not registered prior to this change. Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:09 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: use missing attribute ext_ack Devlink with its global attr policy has a lot of attribute presence check, use the new ext ack reporting when they are missing. Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-08-25 20:09:33 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: pass devlink_port to port_split / port_unsplit callbacks Now that devlink ports are protected by the instance lock it seems natural to pass devlink_port as an argument to the port_split / port_unsplit callbacks. This should save the drivers from doing a lookup. In theory drivers may have supported unsplitting ports which were not registered prior to this change. Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:09 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Move input checks from driver to devlink Currently, all the input checks are done in driver. After adding the split capability to devlink port, move the checks to devlink. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:21 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Move input checks from driver to devlink Currently, all the input checks are done in driver. After adding the split capability to devlink port, move the checks to devlink. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:21 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Move input checks from driver to devlink Currently, all the input checks are done in driver. After adding the split capability to devlink port, move the checks to devlink. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:21 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Move input checks from driver to devlink Currently, all the input checks are done in driver. After adding the split capability to devlink port, move the checks to devlink. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:21 +03:00
devlink: pass devlink_port to port_split / port_unsplit callbacks Now that devlink ports are protected by the instance lock it seems natural to pass devlink_port as an argument to the port_split / port_unsplit callbacks. This should save the drivers from doing a lookup. In theory drivers may have supported unsplitting ports which were not registered prior to this change. Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:09 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: pass devlink_port to port_split / port_unsplit callbacks Now that devlink ports are protected by the instance lock it seems natural to pass devlink_port as an argument to the port_split / port_unsplit callbacks. This should save the drivers from doing a lookup. In theory drivers may have supported unsplitting ports which were not registered prior to this change. Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:09 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: pass devlink_port to port_split / port_unsplit callbacks Now that devlink ports are protected by the instance lock it seems natural to pass devlink_port as an argument to the port_split / port_unsplit callbacks. This should save the drivers from doing a lookup. In theory drivers may have supported unsplitting ports which were not registered prior to this change. Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:09 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: fix a typo in function name devlink_port_new_notifiy() Fix the typo in a name of devlink_port_new_notifiy() function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-13 16:18:52 +02:00
devlink: Support add and delete devlink port Extended devlink interface for the user to add and delete a port. Extend devlink to connect user requests to driver to add/delete a port in the device. Driver routines are invoked without holding devlink instance lock. This enables driver to perform several devlink objects registration, unregistration such as (port, health reporter, resource etc) by using existing devlink APIs. This also helps to uniformly use the code for port unregistration during driver unload and during port deletion initiated by user. Examples of add, show and delete commands: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ udevadm test-builtin net_id /sys/class/net/eth6 Load module index Parsed configuration file /usr/lib/systemd/network/99-default.link Created link configuration context. Using default interface naming scheme 'v245'. ID_NET_NAMING_SCHEME=v245 ID_NET_NAME_PATH=enp6s0f0npf0sf88 ID_NET_NAME_SLOT=ens2f0npf0sf88 Unload module index Unloaded link configuration context. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:14 -08:00
devlink: Hold the instance lock in port_new / port_del callbacks Let the core take the devlink instance lock around port_new and port_del callbacks and remove the now redundant locking in the only driver that currently use them. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-07-11 01:14:08 -07:00
devlink: Support add and delete devlink port Extended devlink interface for the user to add and delete a port. Extend devlink to connect user requests to driver to add/delete a port in the device. Driver routines are invoked without holding devlink instance lock. This enables driver to perform several devlink objects registration, unregistration such as (port, health reporter, resource etc) by using existing devlink APIs. This also helps to uniformly use the code for port unregistration during driver unload and during port deletion initiated by user. Examples of add, show and delete commands: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ udevadm test-builtin net_id /sys/class/net/eth6 Load module index Parsed configuration file /usr/lib/systemd/network/99-default.link Created link configuration context. Using default interface naming scheme 'v245'. ID_NET_NAMING_SCHEME=v245 ID_NET_NAME_PATH=enp6s0f0npf0sf88 ID_NET_NAME_SLOT=ens2f0npf0sf88 Unload module index Unloaded link configuration context. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:14 -08:00
devlink: Remove check of always valid devlink pointer Devlink objects are accessible only after they were registered and have valid devlink_*->devlink pointers. Remove that check and simplify respective fill functions as an outcome of such change. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-14 12:57:27 +03:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
devlink: Support add and delete devlink port Extended devlink interface for the user to add and delete a port. Extend devlink to connect user requests to driver to add/delete a port in the device. Driver routines are invoked without holding devlink instance lock. This enables driver to perform several devlink objects registration, unregistration such as (port, health reporter, resource etc) by using existing devlink APIs. This also helps to uniformly use the code for port unregistration during driver unload and during port deletion initiated by user. Examples of add, show and delete commands: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ udevadm test-builtin net_id /sys/class/net/eth6 Load module index Parsed configuration file /usr/lib/systemd/network/99-default.link Created link configuration context. Using default interface naming scheme 'v245'. ID_NET_NAMING_SCHEME=v245 ID_NET_NAME_PATH=enp6s0f0npf0sf88 ID_NET_NAME_SLOT=ens2f0npf0sf88 Unload module index Unloaded link configuration context. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:14 -08:00
net: devlink: fix return statement in devlink_port_new_notify() Return directly without intermediate value store at the end of devlink_port_new_notify() function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-13 16:18:53 +02:00
devlink: Support add and delete devlink port Extended devlink interface for the user to add and delete a port. Extend devlink to connect user requests to driver to add/delete a port in the device. Driver routines are invoked without holding devlink instance lock. This enables driver to perform several devlink objects registration, unregistration such as (port, health reporter, resource etc) by using existing devlink APIs. This also helps to uniformly use the code for port unregistration during driver unload and during port deletion initiated by user. Examples of add, show and delete commands: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ udevadm test-builtin net_id /sys/class/net/eth6 Load module index Parsed configuration file /usr/lib/systemd/network/99-default.link Created link configuration context. Using default interface naming scheme 'v245'. ID_NET_NAMING_SCHEME=v245 ID_NET_NAME_PATH=enp6s0f0npf0sf88 ID_NET_NAME_SLOT=ens2f0npf0sf88 Unload module index Unloaded link configuration context. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:14 -08:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Support add and delete devlink port Extended devlink interface for the user to add and delete a port. Extend devlink to connect user requests to driver to add/delete a port in the device. Driver routines are invoked without holding devlink instance lock. This enables driver to perform several devlink objects registration, unregistration such as (port, health reporter, resource etc) by using existing devlink APIs. This also helps to uniformly use the code for port unregistration during driver unload and during port deletion initiated by user. Examples of add, show and delete commands: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ udevadm test-builtin net_id /sys/class/net/eth6 Load module index Parsed configuration file /usr/lib/systemd/network/99-default.link Created link configuration context. Using default interface naming scheme 'v245'. ID_NET_NAMING_SCHEME=v245 ID_NET_NAME_PATH=enp6s0f0npf0sf88 ID_NET_NAME_SLOT=ens2f0npf0sf88 Unload module index Unloaded link configuration context. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:14 -08:00
net: devlink: fix a typo in function name devlink_port_new_notifiy() Fix the typo in a name of devlink_port_new_notifiy() function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-13 16:18:52 +02:00
devlink: Support add and delete devlink port Extended devlink interface for the user to add and delete a port. Extend devlink to connect user requests to driver to add/delete a port in the device. Driver routines are invoked without holding devlink instance lock. This enables driver to perform several devlink objects registration, unregistration such as (port, health reporter, resource etc) by using existing devlink APIs. This also helps to uniformly use the code for port unregistration during driver unload and during port deletion initiated by user. Examples of add, show and delete commands: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ udevadm test-builtin net_id /sys/class/net/eth6 Load module index Parsed configuration file /usr/lib/systemd/network/99-default.link Created link configuration context. Using default interface naming scheme 'v245'. ID_NET_NAMING_SCHEME=v245 ID_NET_NAME_PATH=enp6s0f0npf0sf88 ID_NET_NAME_SLOT=ens2f0npf0sf88 Unload module index Unloaded link configuration context. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:14 -08:00
devlink: use missing attribute ext_ack Devlink with its global attr policy has a lot of attribute presence check, use the new ext ack reporting when they are missing. Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-08-25 20:09:33 -07:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Support add and delete devlink port Extended devlink interface for the user to add and delete a port. Extend devlink to connect user requests to driver to add/delete a port in the device. Driver routines are invoked without holding devlink instance lock. This enables driver to perform several devlink objects registration, unregistration such as (port, health reporter, resource etc) by using existing devlink APIs. This also helps to uniformly use the code for port unregistration during driver unload and during port deletion initiated by user. Examples of add, show and delete commands: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ udevadm test-builtin net_id /sys/class/net/eth6 Load module index Parsed configuration file /usr/lib/systemd/network/99-default.link Created link configuration context. Using default interface naming scheme 'v245'. ID_NET_NAMING_SCHEME=v245 ID_NET_NAME_PATH=enp6s0f0npf0sf88 ID_NET_NAME_SLOT=ens2f0npf0sf88 Unload module index Unloaded link configuration context. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:14 -08:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: Allow for devlink-rate nodes parent reassignment Currently it's not possible to reassign the parent of the node using one command. As the previous commit introduced a way to export entire hierarchy from the driver, being able to modify and reassign parents become important. This way user might easily change QoS settings without interrupting traffic. Example command: devlink port function rate set pci/0000:4b:00.0/1 parent node_custom_1 This reassigns leaf node parent to node_custom_1. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Przemek Kitszel <przemyslaw.kitszel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:18 +01:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: Allow for devlink-rate nodes parent reassignment Currently it's not possible to reassign the parent of the node using one command. As the previous commit introduced a way to export entire hierarchy from the driver, being able to modify and reassign parents become important. This way user might easily change QoS settings without interrupting traffic. Example command: devlink port function rate set pci/0000:4b:00.0/1 parent node_custom_1 This reassigns leaf node parent to node_custom_1. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Przemek Kitszel <przemyslaw.kitszel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:18 +01:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: Allow for devlink-rate nodes parent reassignment Currently it's not possible to reassign the parent of the node using one command. As the previous commit introduced a way to export entire hierarchy from the driver, being able to modify and reassign parents become important. This way user might easily change QoS settings without interrupting traffic. Example command: devlink port function rate set pci/0000:4b:00.0/1 parent node_custom_1 This reassigns leaf node parent to node_custom_1. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Przemek Kitszel <przemyslaw.kitszel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:18 +01:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting tx rate for devlink rate leaf objects Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_SET command with new attributes DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_TX_{SHARE|MAX} that are used to set devlink rate shared/max tx rate values. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_leaf_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement rate control through devlink. New attributes are optional. Driver implementations are allowed to support either or both of them. Shared rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_share 10mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_share 10mbit Max rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_max 100mbit Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:22 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: Introduce new attribute 'tx_priority' to devlink-rate To fully utilize offload capabilities of Intel 100G card QoS capabilities new attribute 'tx_priority' needs to be introduced. This attribute allows for usage of strict priority arbiter among siblings. This arbitration scheme attempts to schedule nodes based on their priority as long as the nodes remain within their bandwidth limit. Introduce new attribute in devlink-rate that will allow for configuration of strict priority. New attribute is optional. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:15 +01:00
devlink: Introduce new attribute 'tx_weight' to devlink-rate To fully utilize offload capabilities of Intel 100G card QoS capabilities new attribute 'tx_weight' needs to be introduced. This attribute allows for usage of Weighted Fair Queuing arbitration scheme among siblings. This arbitration scheme can be used simultaneously with the strict priority. Introduce new attribute in devlink-rate that will allow for configuration of Weighted Fair Queueing. New attribute is optional. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:16 +01:00
devlink: Allow setting tx rate for devlink rate leaf objects Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_SET command with new attributes DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_TX_{SHARE|MAX} that are used to set devlink rate shared/max tx rate values. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_leaf_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement rate control through devlink. New attributes are optional. Driver implementations are allowed to support either or both of them. Shared rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_share 10mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_share 10mbit Max rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_max 100mbit Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:22 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting tx rate for devlink rate leaf objects Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_SET command with new attributes DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_TX_{SHARE|MAX} that are used to set devlink rate shared/max tx rate values. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_leaf_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement rate control through devlink. New attributes are optional. Driver implementations are allowed to support either or both of them. Shared rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_share 10mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_share 10mbit Max rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_max 100mbit Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:22 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting tx rate for devlink rate leaf objects Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_SET command with new attributes DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_TX_{SHARE|MAX} that are used to set devlink rate shared/max tx rate values. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_leaf_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement rate control through devlink. New attributes are optional. Driver implementations are allowed to support either or both of them. Shared rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_share 10mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_share 10mbit Max rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_max 100mbit Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:22 +03:00
devlink: Introduce new attribute 'tx_priority' to devlink-rate To fully utilize offload capabilities of Intel 100G card QoS capabilities new attribute 'tx_priority' needs to be introduced. This attribute allows for usage of strict priority arbiter among siblings. This arbitration scheme attempts to schedule nodes based on their priority as long as the nodes remain within their bandwidth limit. Introduce new attribute in devlink-rate that will allow for configuration of strict priority. New attribute is optional. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:15 +01:00
devlink: Introduce new attribute 'tx_weight' to devlink-rate To fully utilize offload capabilities of Intel 100G card QoS capabilities new attribute 'tx_weight' needs to be introduced. This attribute allows for usage of Weighted Fair Queuing arbitration scheme among siblings. This arbitration scheme can be used simultaneously with the strict priority. Introduce new attribute in devlink-rate that will allow for configuration of Weighted Fair Queueing. New attribute is optional. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:16 +01:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting tx rate for devlink rate leaf objects Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_SET command with new attributes DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_TX_{SHARE|MAX} that are used to set devlink rate shared/max tx rate values. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_leaf_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement rate control through devlink. New attributes are optional. Driver implementations are allowed to support either or both of them. Shared rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_share 10mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_share 10mbit Max rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_max 100mbit Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:22 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Allow setting tx rate for devlink rate leaf objects Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_SET command with new attributes DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_TX_{SHARE|MAX} that are used to set devlink rate shared/max tx rate values. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_leaf_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement rate control through devlink. New attributes are optional. Driver implementations are allowed to support either or both of them. Shared rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_share 10mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_share 10mbit Max rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_max 100mbit Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:22 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Allow setting tx rate for devlink rate leaf objects Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_SET command with new attributes DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_TX_{SHARE|MAX} that are used to set devlink rate shared/max tx rate values. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_leaf_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement rate control through devlink. New attributes are optional. Driver implementations are allowed to support either or both of them. Shared rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_share 10mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_share 10mbit Max rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_max 100mbit Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:22 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: Introduce new attribute 'tx_priority' to devlink-rate To fully utilize offload capabilities of Intel 100G card QoS capabilities new attribute 'tx_priority' needs to be introduced. This attribute allows for usage of strict priority arbiter among siblings. This arbitration scheme attempts to schedule nodes based on their priority as long as the nodes remain within their bandwidth limit. Introduce new attribute in devlink-rate that will allow for configuration of strict priority. New attribute is optional. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:15 +01:00
devlink: Introduce new attribute 'tx_weight' to devlink-rate To fully utilize offload capabilities of Intel 100G card QoS capabilities new attribute 'tx_weight' needs to be introduced. This attribute allows for usage of Weighted Fair Queuing arbitration scheme among siblings. This arbitration scheme can be used simultaneously with the strict priority. Introduce new attribute in devlink-rate that will allow for configuration of Weighted Fair Queueing. New attribute is optional. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:16 +01:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: Introduce new attribute 'tx_priority' to devlink-rate To fully utilize offload capabilities of Intel 100G card QoS capabilities new attribute 'tx_priority' needs to be introduced. This attribute allows for usage of strict priority arbiter among siblings. This arbitration scheme attempts to schedule nodes based on their priority as long as the nodes remain within their bandwidth limit. Introduce new attribute in devlink-rate that will allow for configuration of strict priority. New attribute is optional. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:15 +01:00
devlink: Introduce new attribute 'tx_weight' to devlink-rate To fully utilize offload capabilities of Intel 100G card QoS capabilities new attribute 'tx_weight' needs to be introduced. This attribute allows for usage of Weighted Fair Queuing arbitration scheme among siblings. This arbitration scheme can be used simultaneously with the strict priority. Introduce new attribute in devlink-rate that will allow for configuration of Weighted Fair Queueing. New attribute is optional. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:16 +01:00
devlink: Allow setting tx rate for devlink rate leaf objects Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_SET command with new attributes DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_TX_{SHARE|MAX} that are used to set devlink rate shared/max tx rate values. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_leaf_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement rate control through devlink. New attributes are optional. Driver implementations are allowed to support either or both of them. Shared rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_share 10mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_share 10mbit Max rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_max 100mbit Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:22 +03:00
devlink: Fix error message in devlink_rate_set_ops_supported() The WARN_ON() macro takes a condition, it doesn't take a message. Use WARN() instead. Fixes: 1897db2ec310 ("devlink: Allow setting tx rate for devlink rate leaf objects") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-09 12:54:31 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting tx rate for devlink rate leaf objects Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_SET command with new attributes DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_TX_{SHARE|MAX} that are used to set devlink rate shared/max tx rate values. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_leaf_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement rate control through devlink. New attributes are optional. Driver implementations are allowed to support either or both of them. Shared rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_share 10mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_share 10mbit Max rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_max 100mbit Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:22 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
net: devlink: introduce nested devlink entity for line card For the purpose of exposing device info and allow flash update which is going to be implemented in follow-up patches, introduce a possibility for a line card to expose relation to nested devlink entity. The nested devlink entity represents the line card. Example: $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 1 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state active type 16x100G nested_devlink auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink dev show auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-25 10:29:16 +02:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: convert linecards dump to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() Benefit from recently introduced instance iteration and convert linecards .dumpit generic netlink callback to use it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:12 +01:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: use an explicit structure for dump context Create a dump context structure instead of using cb->args as an unsigned long array. This is a pure conversion which is intended to be as much of a noop as possible. Subsequent changes will use this to simplify the code. The two non-trivial parts are: - devlink_nl_cmd_health_reporter_dump_get_dumpit() checks args[0] to see if devlink_fmsg_dumpit() has already been called (whether this is the first msg), but doesn't use the exact value, so we can drop the local variable there already - devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() uses args[0] for address but we'll use args[1] now, shouldn't matter Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:22 -08:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: convert linecards dump to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() Benefit from recently introduced instance iteration and convert linecards .dumpit generic netlink callback to use it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:12 +01:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: convert linecards dump to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() Benefit from recently introduced instance iteration and convert linecards .dumpit generic netlink callback to use it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:12 +01:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: convert linecards dump to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() Benefit from recently introduced instance iteration and convert linecards .dumpit generic netlink callback to use it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:12 +01:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: convert linecards dump to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() Benefit from recently introduced instance iteration and convert linecards .dumpit generic netlink callback to use it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:12 +01:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: convert linecards dump to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() Benefit from recently introduced instance iteration and convert linecards .dumpit generic netlink callback to use it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:12 +01:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: rename and reorder instances of struct devlink_cmd In order to maintain naming consistency, rename and reorder all usages of struct struct devlink_cmd in the following way: 1) Remove "gen" and replace it with "cmd" to match the struct name 2) Order devl_cmds[] and the header file to match the order of enum devlink_command 3) Move devl_cmd_rate_get among the peers 4) Remove "inst" for DEVLINK_CMD_GET 5) Add "_get" suffix to all to match DEVLINK_CMD_*_GET (only rate had it done correctly) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:13 +01:00
devlink: convert linecards dump to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() Benefit from recently introduced instance iteration and convert linecards .dumpit generic netlink callback to use it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:12 +01:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: use an explicit structure for dump context Create a dump context structure instead of using cb->args as an unsigned long array. This is a pure conversion which is intended to be as much of a noop as possible. Subsequent changes will use this to simplify the code. The two non-trivial parts are: - devlink_nl_cmd_health_reporter_dump_get_dumpit() checks args[0] to see if devlink_fmsg_dumpit() has already been called (whether this is the first msg), but doesn't use the exact value, so we can drop the local variable there already - devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() uses args[0] for address but we'll use args[1] now, shouldn't matter Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:22 -08:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: rename and reorder instances of struct devlink_cmd In order to maintain naming consistency, rename and reorder all usages of struct struct devlink_cmd in the following way: 1) Remove "gen" and replace it with "cmd" to match the struct name 2) Order devl_cmds[] and the header file to match the order of enum devlink_command 3) Move devl_cmd_rate_get among the peers 4) Remove "inst" for DEVLINK_CMD_GET 5) Add "_get" suffix to all to match DEVLINK_CMD_*_GET (only rate had it done correctly) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:13 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: report cell size of shared buffers Shared buffer allocation is usually done in cell increments. Drivers will either round up the allocation or refuse the configuration if it's not an exact multiple of cell size. Drivers know exactly the cell size of shared buffer, so help out users by providing this information in dumps. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-01 17:56:28 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: use an explicit structure for dump context Create a dump context structure instead of using cb->args as an unsigned long array. This is a pure conversion which is intended to be as much of a noop as possible. Subsequent changes will use this to simplify the code. The two non-trivial parts are: - devlink_nl_cmd_health_reporter_dump_get_dumpit() checks args[0] to see if devlink_fmsg_dumpit() has already been called (whether this is the first msg), but doesn't use the exact value, so we can drop the local variable there already - devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() uses args[0] for address but we'll use args[1] now, shouldn't matter Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:22 -08:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
net: devlink: don't ignore errors during dumpit Currently, some dumpit function may end-up with error which is not -EMSGSIZE and this error is silently ignored. Use does not have clue that something wrong happened. Instead of silent ignore, propagate the error to user. Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-04 11:50:12 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: restart dump based on devlink instance ids (function) Use xarray id for cases of sub-objects which are iterated in a function. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:28 -08:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: don't ignore errors during dumpit Currently, some dumpit function may end-up with error which is not -EMSGSIZE and this error is silently ignored. Use does not have clue that something wrong happened. Instead of silent ignore, propagate the error to user. Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-04 11:50:12 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: rename and reorder instances of struct devlink_cmd In order to maintain naming consistency, rename and reorder all usages of struct struct devlink_cmd in the following way: 1) Remove "gen" and replace it with "cmd" to match the struct name 2) Order devl_cmds[] and the header file to match the order of enum devlink_command 3) Move devl_cmd_rate_get among the peers 4) Remove "inst" for DEVLINK_CMD_GET 5) Add "_get" suffix to all to match DEVLINK_CMD_*_GET (only rate had it done correctly) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:13 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: use missing attribute ext_ack Devlink with its global attr policy has a lot of attribute presence check, use the new ext ack reporting when they are missing. Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-08-25 20:09:33 -07:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: Add missing genlmsg_cancel() in devlink_nl_sb_port_pool_fill() If sb_occ_port_pool_get() failed in devlink_nl_sb_port_pool_fill(), msg should be canceled by genlmsg_cancel(). Fixes: df38dafd2559 ("devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface") Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201113111622.11040-1-wanghai38@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-13 19:16:22 +08:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add missing genlmsg_cancel() in devlink_nl_sb_port_pool_fill() If sb_occ_port_pool_get() failed in devlink_nl_sb_port_pool_fill(), msg should be canceled by genlmsg_cancel(). Fixes: df38dafd2559 ("devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface") Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201113111622.11040-1-wanghai38@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-13 19:16:22 +08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Add missing genlmsg_cancel() in devlink_nl_sb_port_pool_fill() If sb_occ_port_pool_get() failed in devlink_nl_sb_port_pool_fill(), msg should be canceled by genlmsg_cancel(). Fixes: df38dafd2559 ("devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface") Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201113111622.11040-1-wanghai38@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-13 19:16:22 +08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: convert port_list into xarray Some devlink instances may contain thousands of ports. Storing them in linked list and looking them up is not scalable. Convert the linked list into xarray. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-30 09:52:50 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: convert port_list into xarray Some devlink instances may contain thousands of ports. Storing them in linked list and looking them up is not scalable. Convert the linked list into xarray. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-30 09:52:50 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: use an explicit structure for dump context Create a dump context structure instead of using cb->args as an unsigned long array. This is a pure conversion which is intended to be as much of a noop as possible. Subsequent changes will use this to simplify the code. The two non-trivial parts are: - devlink_nl_cmd_health_reporter_dump_get_dumpit() checks args[0] to see if devlink_fmsg_dumpit() has already been called (whether this is the first msg), but doesn't use the exact value, so we can drop the local variable there already - devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() uses args[0] for address but we'll use args[1] now, shouldn't matter Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:22 -08:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
net: devlink: don't ignore errors during dumpit Currently, some dumpit function may end-up with error which is not -EMSGSIZE and this error is silently ignored. Use does not have clue that something wrong happened. Instead of silent ignore, propagate the error to user. Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-04 11:50:12 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: restart dump based on devlink instance ids (function) Use xarray id for cases of sub-objects which are iterated in a function. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:28 -08:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: don't ignore errors during dumpit Currently, some dumpit function may end-up with error which is not -EMSGSIZE and this error is silently ignored. Use does not have clue that something wrong happened. Instead of silent ignore, propagate the error to user. Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-04 11:50:12 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: rename and reorder instances of struct devlink_cmd In order to maintain naming consistency, rename and reorder all usages of struct struct devlink_cmd in the following way: 1) Remove "gen" and replace it with "cmd" to match the struct name 2) Order devl_cmds[] and the header file to match the order of enum devlink_command 3) Move devl_cmd_rate_get among the peers 4) Remove "inst" for DEVLINK_CMD_GET 5) Add "_get" suffix to all to match DEVLINK_CMD_*_GET (only rate had it done correctly) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:13 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: use missing attribute ext_ack Devlink with its global attr policy has a lot of attribute presence check, use the new ext ack reporting when they are missing. Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-08-25 20:09:33 -07:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: convert port_list into xarray Some devlink instances may contain thousands of ports. Storing them in linked list and looking them up is not scalable. Convert the linked list into xarray. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-30 09:52:50 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: convert port_list into xarray Some devlink instances may contain thousands of ports. Storing them in linked list and looking them up is not scalable. Convert the linked list into xarray. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-30 09:52:50 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: use an explicit structure for dump context Create a dump context structure instead of using cb->args as an unsigned long array. This is a pure conversion which is intended to be as much of a noop as possible. Subsequent changes will use this to simplify the code. The two non-trivial parts are: - devlink_nl_cmd_health_reporter_dump_get_dumpit() checks args[0] to see if devlink_fmsg_dumpit() has already been called (whether this is the first msg), but doesn't use the exact value, so we can drop the local variable there already - devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() uses args[0] for address but we'll use args[1] now, shouldn't matter Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:22 -08:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
net: devlink: don't ignore errors during dumpit Currently, some dumpit function may end-up with error which is not -EMSGSIZE and this error is silently ignored. Use does not have clue that something wrong happened. Instead of silent ignore, propagate the error to user. Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-04 11:50:12 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: restart dump based on devlink instance ids (function) Use xarray id for cases of sub-objects which are iterated in a function. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:28 -08:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: don't ignore errors during dumpit Currently, some dumpit function may end-up with error which is not -EMSGSIZE and this error is silently ignored. Use does not have clue that something wrong happened. Instead of silent ignore, propagate the error to user. Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-04 11:50:12 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: rename and reorder instances of struct devlink_cmd In order to maintain naming consistency, rename and reorder all usages of struct struct devlink_cmd in the following way: 1) Remove "gen" and replace it with "cmd" to match the struct name 2) Order devl_cmds[] and the header file to match the order of enum devlink_command 3) Move devl_cmd_rate_get among the peers 4) Remove "inst" for DEVLINK_CMD_GET 5) Add "_get" suffix to all to match DEVLINK_CMD_*_GET (only rate had it done correctly) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:13 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: use missing attribute ext_ack Devlink with its global attr policy has a lot of attribute presence check, use the new ext ack reporting when they are missing. Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-08-25 20:09:33 -07:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: require non-NULL ops for devlink instances Commit 76726ccb7f46 ("devlink: add flash update command") and commit 2d8dc5bbf4e7 ("devlink: Add support for reload") access devlink ops without NULL-checking. There is, however, no driver which would pass in NULL ops, so let's just make that a requirement. Remove the now unnecessary NULL-checking. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-25 19:34:07 -08:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
devlink: Move devlink dev eswitch code to dev Move devlink dev eswitch callbacks and related code from leftover.c to file dev.c. No functional change in this patch. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-02-02 16:47:02 +02:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add support for dynamic table size Up until now the dpipe table's size was static and known at registration time. The host table does not have constant size and it is resized in dynamic manner. In order to support this behavior the size is changed to be obtained dynamically via an op. This patch also adjust the current dpipe table for the new API. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:40:02 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add support for dynamic table size Up until now the dpipe table's size was static and known at registration time. The host table does not have constant size and it is resized in dynamic manner. In order to support this behavior the size is changed to be obtained dynamically via an op. This patch also adjust the current dpipe table for the new API. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:40:02 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add support for dynamic table size Up until now the dpipe table's size was static and known at registration time. The host table does not have constant size and it is resized in dynamic manner. In order to support this behavior the size is changed to be obtained dynamically via an op. This patch also adjust the current dpipe table for the new API. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:40:02 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add relation between dpipe and resource The hardware processes which are modeled via dpipe commonly use some internal hardware resources. Such relation can improve the understanding of hardware limitations. The number of resource's unit consumed per table's entry are also provided for each table. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:05 +01:00
devlink: Fix resource coverity errors Fix resource coverity errors. Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-26 18:25:42 +02:00
devlink: Add relation between dpipe and resource The hardware processes which are modeled via dpipe commonly use some internal hardware resources. Such relation can improve the understanding of hardware limitations. The number of resource's unit consumed per table's entry are also provided for each table. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:05 +01:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: fix potential memort leak We must free allocated skb when genlmsg_put() return fails. Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-05 08:57:21 +08:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: fix potential memort leak We must free allocated skb when genlmsg_put() return fails. Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-05 08:57:21 +08:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Remove redundant free on error path The current code performs unneeded free. Remove the redundant skb freeing during the error path. Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-18 17:37:22 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
net: core: devlink.c: Use built-in RCU list checking list_for_each_entry_rcu() has built-in RCU and lock checking. Pass cond argument to list_for_each_entry_rcu() to silence false lockdep warning when CONFIG_PROVE_RCU_LIST is enabled. The devlink->lock is held when devlink_dpipe_table_find() is called in non RCU read side section. Therefore, pass struct devlink to devlink_dpipe_table_find() for lockdep checking. Signed-off-by: Madhuparna Bhowmik <madhuparnabhowmik10@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-02-25 17:57:45 +05:30
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
net: core: devlink.c: Use built-in RCU list checking list_for_each_entry_rcu() has built-in RCU and lock checking. Pass cond argument to list_for_each_entry_rcu() to silence false lockdep warning when CONFIG_PROVE_RCU_LIST is enabled. The devlink->lock is held when devlink_dpipe_table_find() is called in non RCU read side section. Therefore, pass struct devlink to devlink_dpipe_table_find() for lockdep checking. Signed-off-by: Madhuparna Bhowmik <madhuparnabhowmik10@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-02-25 17:57:45 +05:30
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Move dpipe entry clear function into devlink The entry clear routine can be shared between the drivers, thus it is moved inside devlink. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:40:03 +02:00
devlink: make all symbols GPL-only devlink_alloc() and devlink_register() are both GPL. A non-GPL module won't get far, so for consistency we can make all symbols GPL without risking any real life breakage. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-10-28 14:19:13 -07:00
devlink: Move dpipe entry clear function into devlink The entry clear routine can be shared between the drivers, thus it is moved inside devlink. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:40:03 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Remove redundant free on error path The current code performs unneeded free. Remove the redundant skb freeing during the error path. Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-18 17:37:22 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Remove redundant free on error path The current code performs unneeded free. Remove the redundant skb freeing during the error path. Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-18 17:37:22 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: use missing attribute ext_ack Devlink with its global attr policy has a lot of attribute presence check, use the new ext ack reporting when they are missing. Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-08-25 20:09:33 -07:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
net: core: devlink.c: Use built-in RCU list checking list_for_each_entry_rcu() has built-in RCU and lock checking. Pass cond argument to list_for_each_entry_rcu() to silence false lockdep warning when CONFIG_PROVE_RCU_LIST is enabled. The devlink->lock is held when devlink_dpipe_table_find() is called in non RCU read side section. Therefore, pass struct devlink to devlink_dpipe_table_find() for lockdep checking. Signed-off-by: Madhuparna Bhowmik <madhuparnabhowmik10@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-02-25 17:57:45 +05:30
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: fix return value check in devlink_dpipe_header_put() Fix the return value check which testing the wrong variable in devlink_dpipe_header_put(). Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-11 16:02:02 +00:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: fix potential memort leak We must free allocated skb when genlmsg_put() return fails. Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-05 08:57:21 +08:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: fix potential memort leak We must free allocated skb when genlmsg_put() return fails. Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-05 08:57:21 +08:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Remove redundant free on error path The current code performs unneeded free. Remove the redundant skb freeing during the error path. Fixes: 1555d204e743 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-18 17:37:22 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
net: core: devlink.c: Use built-in RCU list checking list_for_each_entry_rcu() has built-in RCU and lock checking. Pass cond argument to list_for_each_entry_rcu() to silence false lockdep warning when CONFIG_PROVE_RCU_LIST is enabled. The devlink->lock is held when devlink_dpipe_table_find() is called in non RCU read side section. Therefore, pass struct devlink to devlink_dpipe_table_find() for lockdep checking. Signed-off-by: Madhuparna Bhowmik <madhuparnabhowmik10@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-02-25 17:57:45 +05:30
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: use missing attribute ext_ack Devlink with its global attr policy has a lot of attribute presence check, use the new ext ack reporting when they are missing. Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-08-25 20:09:33 -07:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Make some functions static Fixes the following sparse warnings: net/core/devlink.c:2297:25: warning: symbol 'devlink_resource_find' was not declared. Should it be static? net/core/devlink.c:2322:6: warning: symbol 'devlink_resource_validate_children' was not declared. Should it be static? Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-17 03:27:42 +00:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Make some functions static Fixes the following sparse warnings: net/core/devlink.c:2297:25: warning: symbol 'devlink_resource_find' was not declared. Should it be static? net/core/devlink.c:2322:6: warning: symbol 'devlink_resource_validate_children' was not declared. Should it be static? Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-17 03:27:42 +00:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Compare to size_new in case of resource child validation The current implementation checks the combined size of the children with the 'size' of the parent. The correct behavior is to check the combined size vs the pending change and to compare vs the 'size_new'. Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Tested-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-26 10:59:53 +01:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Move size validation to core Currently the size validation is done via a cb, which is unneeded. The size validation can be moved to core. The next patch will perform cleanup. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-20 08:44:20 +01:00
Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net All of the conflicts were cases of overlapping changes. In net/core/devlink.c, we have to make care that the resouce size_params have become a struct member rather than a pointer to such an object. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-06 00:53:44 -05:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Move size validation to core Currently the size validation is done via a cb, which is unneeded. The size validation can be moved to core. The next patch will perform cleanup. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-20 08:44:20 +01:00
Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net All of the conflicts were cases of overlapping changes. In net/core/devlink.c, we have to make care that the resouce size_params have become a struct member rather than a pointer to such an object. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-06 00:53:44 -05:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Move size validation to core Currently the size validation is done via a cb, which is unneeded. The size validation can be moved to core. The next patch will perform cleanup. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-20 08:44:20 +01:00
Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net All of the conflicts were cases of overlapping changes. In net/core/devlink.c, we have to make care that the resouce size_params have become a struct member rather than a pointer to such an object. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-06 00:53:44 -05:00
devlink: Move size validation to core Currently the size validation is done via a cb, which is unneeded. The size validation can be moved to core. The next patch will perform cleanup. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-20 08:44:20 +01:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Move size validation to core Currently the size validation is done via a cb, which is unneeded. The size validation can be moved to core. The next patch will perform cleanup. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-20 08:44:20 +01:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: use missing attribute ext_ack Devlink with its global attr policy has a lot of attribute presence check, use the new ext ack reporting when they are missing. Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-08-25 20:09:33 -07:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Move size validation to core Currently the size validation is done via a cb, which is unneeded. The size validation can be moved to core. The next patch will perform cleanup. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-20 08:44:20 +01:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Fix resource coverity errors Fix resource coverity errors. Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-26 18:25:42 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
mlxsw: spectrum: Fix handling of resource_size_param Current code uses global variables, adjusts them and passes pointer down to devlink. With every other mlxsw_core instance, the previously passed pointer values are rewritten. Fix this by de-globalize the variables and also memcpy size_params during devlink resource registration. Also, introduce a convenient size_param_init helper. Fixes: ef3116e5403e ("mlxsw: spectrum: Register KVD resources with devlink") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-28 13:12:09 +01:00
devlink: Fix resource coverity errors Fix resource coverity errors. Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-26 18:25:42 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration This resolves race during initialization where the resources with ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when all structs are initialized. The example flows, as it is in mlxsw: 1) driver load/asic probe: mlxsw_core -> mlxsw_sp_resources_register -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register -> devlink_resource_register IDX mlxsw_spectrum -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) 2) reload triggered by devlink command: -> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload -> mlxsw_sp_fini -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini -> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX (struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free) -> mlxsw_sp_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-05 22:13:21 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
net: devlink: Add missing error check to devlink_resource_put() When the resource size changes, the return value of the 'nla_put_u64_64bit' function is not checked. That has been fixed to avoid rechecking at the next step. Found by InfoTeCS on behalf of Linux Verification Center (linuxtesting.org) with SVACE. Note that this is harmless, we'd error out at the next put(). Signed-off-by: Ilia.Gavrilov <Ilia.Gavrilov@infotecs.ru> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221208082821.3927937-1-Ilia.Gavrilov@infotecs.ru Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-12-08 08:31:39 +00:00
devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration This resolves race during initialization where the resources with ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when all structs are initialized. The example flows, as it is in mlxsw: 1) driver load/asic probe: mlxsw_core -> mlxsw_sp_resources_register -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register -> devlink_resource_register IDX mlxsw_spectrum -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) 2) reload triggered by devlink command: -> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload -> mlxsw_sp_fini -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini -> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX (struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free) -> mlxsw_sp_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-05 22:13:21 +02:00
devlink: Fix resource coverity errors Fix resource coverity errors. Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-26 18:25:42 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: double free in devlink_resource_fill() Smatch reports that devlink_dpipe_send_and_alloc_skb() frees the skb on error so this is a double free. We fixed a bunch of these bugs in commit 7fe4d6dcbcb4 ("devlink: Remove redundant free on error path") but we accidentally overlooked this one. Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-09-21 11:07:55 +03:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Move devlink dev reload code to dev Move devlink dev reload callback and related code from leftover.c to file dev.c. No functional change in this patch. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-02-02 16:47:01 +02:00
devlink: Add support for reload Add support for performing driver hot reload. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:04 +01:00
devlink: Add generic parameters internal_err_reset and max_macs Add 2 first generic parameters to devlink configuration parameters set: internal_err_reset - When set enables reset device on internal errors. max_macs - max number of MACs per ETH port. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:33 +03:00
devlink: Add enable_sriov boolean generic parameter enable_sriov - Enables Single-Root Input/Output Virtualization(SR-IOV) characteristic of the device. Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:36 +03:00
devlink: Add generic parameters region_snapshot region_snapshot - When set enables capturing region snapshots Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:17 +03:00
devlink: Add generic parameter ignore_ari ignore_ari - Device ignores ARI(Alternate Routing ID) capability, even when platforms has the support and creates same number of partitions when platform does not support ARI capability. Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-04 11:13:44 +05:30
devlink: Add generic parameter msix_vec_per_pf_max msix_vec_per_pf_max - This param sets the number of MSIX vectors that the device requests from the host on driver initialization. This value is set in the device which is applicable per PF. Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-04 11:13:45 +05:30
devlink: Add generic parameter msix_vec_per_pf_min msix_vec_per_pf_min - This param sets the number of minimal MSIX vectors required for the device initialization. This value is set in the device which limits MSIX vectors per PF. Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-04 11:13:46 +05:30
devlink: Add 'fw_load_policy' generic parameter Many drivers load the device's firmware image during the initialization flow either from the flash or from the disk. Currently this option is not controlled by the user and the driver decides from where to load the firmware image. 'fw_load_policy' gives the ability to control this option which allows the user to choose between different loading policies supported by the driver. This parameter can be useful while testing and/or debugging the device. For example, testing a firmware bug fix. Signed-off-by: Shalom Toledo <shalomt@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-12-03 07:58:59 +00:00
devlink: add 'reset_dev_on_drv_probe' param Add the 'reset_dev_on_drv_probe' devlink parameter, controlling the device reset policy on driver probe. This parameter is useful in conjunction with the existing 'fw_load_policy' parameter. Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-09 00:54:18 +01:00
devlink: Add new "enable_roce" generic device param New device parameter to enable/disable handling of RoCE traffic in the device. Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-11-08 23:45:20 +00:00
devlink: Add enable_remote_dev_reset generic parameter The enable_remote_dev_reset devlink param flags that the host admin allows device resets that can be initiated by other hosts. This parameter is useful for setups where a device is shared by different hosts, such as multi-host setup. Once the user set this parameter to false, the driver should NACK any attempt to reset the device while the driver is loaded. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-07 09:00:53 +03:00
devlink: Add new "enable_eth" generic device param Add new device generic parameter to enable/disable creation of Ethernet auxiliary device and associated device functionality in the devlink instance. User who prefers to disable such functionality can disable it using below example. $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 \ name enable_eth value false cmode driverinit $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:06:00.0 At this point devlink instance do not create auxiliary device for the Ethernet functionality. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-10 16:24:15 +03:00
devlink: Add new "enable_rdma" generic device param Add new device generic parameter to enable/disable creation of RDMA auxiliary device and associated device functionality in the devlink instance. User who prefers to disable such functionality can disable it using below example. $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 \ name enable_rdma value false cmode driverinit $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:06:00.0 At this point devlink instance do not create auxiliary device for the RDMA functionality. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-10 16:24:16 +03:00
devlink: Add new "enable_vnet" generic device param Add new device generic parameter to enable/disable creation of VDPA net auxiliary device and associated device functionality in the devlink instance. User who prefers to disable such functionality can disable it using below example. $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 \ name enable_vnet value false cmode driverinit $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:06:00.0 At this point devlink instance do not create auxiliary device for the VDPA net functionality. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-10 16:24:17 +03:00
devlink: Add 'enable_iwarp' generic device param Add a new device generic parameter to enable and disable iWARP functionality on a multi-protocol RDMA device. Signed-off-by: Shiraz Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com> Tested-by: Leszek Kaliszczuk <leszek.kaliszczuk@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
2021-10-18 18:16:01 -05:00
devlink: Add new "io_eq_size" generic device param Add new device generic parameter to determine the size of the I/O completion EQs. For example, to reduce I/O EQ size to 64, execute: $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 \ name io_eq_size value 64 cmode driverinit $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:06:00.0 Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2021-12-09 12:09:24 +02:00
devlink: Add new "event_eq_size" generic device param Add new device generic parameter to determine the size of the asynchronous control events EQ. For example, to reduce event EQ size to 64, execute: $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 \ name event_eq_size value 64 cmode driverinit $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:06:00.0 Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2021-12-09 12:09:26 +02:00
devlink: Add generic parameters internal_err_reset and max_macs Add 2 first generic parameters to devlink configuration parameters set: internal_err_reset - When set enables reset device on internal errors. max_macs - max number of MACs per ETH port. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:33 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: Add support for get/set driverinit value "driverinit" configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable the driver query the value after reload. Two additional functions added to help the driver get/set the value from/to devlink: devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and devlink_param_driverinit_value_get(). Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:31 +03:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Add support for get/set driverinit value "driverinit" configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable the driver query the value after reload. Two additional functions added to help the driver get/set the value from/to devlink: devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and devlink_param_driverinit_value_get(). Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:31 +03:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Add support for get/set driverinit value "driverinit" configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable the driver query the value after reload. Two additional functions added to help the driver get/set the value from/to devlink: devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and devlink_param_driverinit_value_get(). Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:31 +03:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Fix use-after-free after a failed reload After a failed devlink reload, devlink parameters are still registered, which means user space can set and get their values. In the case of the mlxsw "acl_region_rehash_interval" parameter, these operations will trigger a use-after-free [1]. Fix this by rejecting set and get operations while in the failed state. Return the "-EOPNOTSUPP" error code which does not abort the parameters dump, but instead causes it to skip over the problematic parameter. Another possible fix is to perform these checks in the mlxsw parameter callbacks, but other drivers might be affected by the same problem and I am not aware of scenarios where these stricter checks will cause a regression. [1] mlxsw_spectrum3 0000:00:10.0: Port 125: Failed to register netdev mlxsw_spectrum3 0000:00:10.0: Failed to create ports ================================================================== BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in mlxsw_sp_acl_tcam_vregion_rehash_intrvl_get+0xbd/0xd0 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_acl_tcam.c:904 Read of size 4 at addr ffff8880099dcfd8 by task kworker/u4:4/777 CPU: 1 PID: 777 Comm: kworker/u4:4 Not tainted 5.19.0-rc7-custom-126601-gfe26f28c586d #1 Hardware name: QEMU MSN4700, BIOS rel-1.13.0-0-gf21b5a4aeb02-prebuilt.qemu.org 04/01/2014 Workqueue: netns cleanup_net Call Trace: <TASK> __dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:88 [inline] dump_stack_lvl+0x92/0xbd lib/dump_stack.c:106 print_address_description mm/kasan/report.c:313 [inline] print_report.cold+0x5e/0x5cf mm/kasan/report.c:429 kasan_report+0xb9/0xf0 mm/kasan/report.c:491 __asan_report_load4_noabort+0x14/0x20 mm/kasan/report_generic.c:306 mlxsw_sp_acl_tcam_vregion_rehash_intrvl_get+0xbd/0xd0 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_acl_tcam.c:904 mlxsw_sp_acl_region_rehash_intrvl_get+0x49/0x60 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_acl.c:1106 mlxsw_sp_params_acl_region_rehash_intrvl_get+0x33/0x80 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum.c:3854 devlink_param_get net/core/devlink.c:4981 [inline] devlink_nl_param_fill+0x238/0x12d0 net/core/devlink.c:5089 devlink_param_notify+0xe5/0x230 net/core/devlink.c:5168 devlink_ns_change_notify net/core/devlink.c:4417 [inline] devlink_ns_change_notify net/core/devlink.c:4396 [inline] devlink_reload+0x15f/0x700 net/core/devlink.c:4507 devlink_pernet_pre_exit+0x112/0x1d0 net/core/devlink.c:12272 ops_pre_exit_list net/core/net_namespace.c:152 [inline] cleanup_net+0x494/0xc00 net/core/net_namespace.c:582 process_one_work+0x9fc/0x1710 kernel/workqueue.c:2289 worker_thread+0x675/0x10b0 kernel/workqueue.c:2436 kthread+0x30c/0x3d0 kernel/kthread.c:376 ret_from_fork+0x1f/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:306 </TASK> The buggy address belongs to the physical page: page:ffffea0000267700 refcount:0 mapcount:0 mapping:0000000000000000 index:0x0 pfn:0x99dc flags: 0x100000000000000(node=0|zone=1) raw: 0100000000000000 0000000000000000 dead000000000122 0000000000000000 raw: 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 00000000ffffffff 0000000000000000 page dumped because: kasan: bad access detected Memory state around the buggy address: ffff8880099dce80: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ffff8880099dcf00: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff >ffff8880099dcf80: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ^ ffff8880099dd000: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ffff8880099dd080: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ================================================================== Fixes: 98bbf70c1c41 ("mlxsw: spectrum: add "acl_region_rehash_interval" devlink param") Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-08-09 14:35:06 +03:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Fix use-after-free after a failed reload After a failed devlink reload, devlink parameters are still registered, which means user space can set and get their values. In the case of the mlxsw "acl_region_rehash_interval" parameter, these operations will trigger a use-after-free [1]. Fix this by rejecting set and get operations while in the failed state. Return the "-EOPNOTSUPP" error code which does not abort the parameters dump, but instead causes it to skip over the problematic parameter. Another possible fix is to perform these checks in the mlxsw parameter callbacks, but other drivers might be affected by the same problem and I am not aware of scenarios where these stricter checks will cause a regression. [1] mlxsw_spectrum3 0000:00:10.0: Port 125: Failed to register netdev mlxsw_spectrum3 0000:00:10.0: Failed to create ports ================================================================== BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in mlxsw_sp_acl_tcam_vregion_rehash_intrvl_get+0xbd/0xd0 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_acl_tcam.c:904 Read of size 4 at addr ffff8880099dcfd8 by task kworker/u4:4/777 CPU: 1 PID: 777 Comm: kworker/u4:4 Not tainted 5.19.0-rc7-custom-126601-gfe26f28c586d #1 Hardware name: QEMU MSN4700, BIOS rel-1.13.0-0-gf21b5a4aeb02-prebuilt.qemu.org 04/01/2014 Workqueue: netns cleanup_net Call Trace: <TASK> __dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:88 [inline] dump_stack_lvl+0x92/0xbd lib/dump_stack.c:106 print_address_description mm/kasan/report.c:313 [inline] print_report.cold+0x5e/0x5cf mm/kasan/report.c:429 kasan_report+0xb9/0xf0 mm/kasan/report.c:491 __asan_report_load4_noabort+0x14/0x20 mm/kasan/report_generic.c:306 mlxsw_sp_acl_tcam_vregion_rehash_intrvl_get+0xbd/0xd0 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_acl_tcam.c:904 mlxsw_sp_acl_region_rehash_intrvl_get+0x49/0x60 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_acl.c:1106 mlxsw_sp_params_acl_region_rehash_intrvl_get+0x33/0x80 drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum.c:3854 devlink_param_get net/core/devlink.c:4981 [inline] devlink_nl_param_fill+0x238/0x12d0 net/core/devlink.c:5089 devlink_param_notify+0xe5/0x230 net/core/devlink.c:5168 devlink_ns_change_notify net/core/devlink.c:4417 [inline] devlink_ns_change_notify net/core/devlink.c:4396 [inline] devlink_reload+0x15f/0x700 net/core/devlink.c:4507 devlink_pernet_pre_exit+0x112/0x1d0 net/core/devlink.c:12272 ops_pre_exit_list net/core/net_namespace.c:152 [inline] cleanup_net+0x494/0xc00 net/core/net_namespace.c:582 process_one_work+0x9fc/0x1710 kernel/workqueue.c:2289 worker_thread+0x675/0x10b0 kernel/workqueue.c:2436 kthread+0x30c/0x3d0 kernel/kthread.c:376 ret_from_fork+0x1f/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:306 </TASK> The buggy address belongs to the physical page: page:ffffea0000267700 refcount:0 mapcount:0 mapping:0000000000000000 index:0x0 pfn:0x99dc flags: 0x100000000000000(node=0|zone=1) raw: 0100000000000000 0000000000000000 dead000000000122 0000000000000000 raw: 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 00000000ffffffff 0000000000000000 page dumped because: kasan: bad access detected Memory state around the buggy address: ffff8880099dce80: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ffff8880099dcf00: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff >ffff8880099dcf80: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ^ ffff8880099dd000: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ffff8880099dd080: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ================================================================== Fixes: 98bbf70c1c41 ("mlxsw: spectrum: add "acl_region_rehash_interval" devlink param") Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-08-09 14:35:06 +03:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: publish params only after driver init is done Currently, user can do dump or get of param values right after the devlink params are registered. However the driver may not be initialized which is an issue. The same problem happens during notification upon param registration. Allow driver to publish devlink params whenever it is ready to handle get() ops. Note that this cannot be resolved by init reordering, as the "driverinit" params have to be available before the driver is initialized (it needs the param values there). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:22:45 +00:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: make sure driver does not read updated driverinit param before reload The driverinit param purpose is to serve the driver during init/reload time to provide a value, either default or set by user. Make sure that driver does not read value updated by user before the reload is performed. Hold the new value in a separate struct and switch it during reload. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:26 +01:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: publish params only after driver init is done Currently, user can do dump or get of param values right after the devlink params are registered. However the driver may not be initialized which is an issue. The same problem happens during notification upon param registration. Allow driver to publish devlink params whenever it is ready to handle get() ops. Note that this cannot be resolved by init reordering, as the "driverinit" params have to be available before the driver is initialized (it needs the param values there). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:22:45 +00:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: publish params only after driver init is done Currently, user can do dump or get of param values right after the devlink params are registered. However the driver may not be initialized which is an issue. The same problem happens during notification upon param registration. Allow driver to publish devlink params whenever it is ready to handle get() ops. Note that this cannot be resolved by init reordering, as the "driverinit" params have to be available before the driver is initialized (it needs the param values there). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:22:45 +00:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications. Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:32 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications. Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:32 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance It's most natural to register the instance first and then its subobjects. Now that we can use the instance lock to protect the atomicity of all init - it should also be safe. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-05 22:34:00 -08:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications. Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:32 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications. Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:32 +03:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: use an explicit structure for dump context Create a dump context structure instead of using cb->args as an unsigned long array. This is a pure conversion which is intended to be as much of a noop as possible. Subsequent changes will use this to simplify the code. The two non-trivial parts are: - devlink_nl_cmd_health_reporter_dump_get_dumpit() checks args[0] to see if devlink_fmsg_dumpit() has already been called (whether this is the first msg), but doesn't use the exact value, so we can drop the local variable there already - devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() uses args[0] for address but we'll use args[1] now, shouldn't matter Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:22 -08:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
net: devlink: don't ignore errors during dumpit Currently, some dumpit function may end-up with error which is not -EMSGSIZE and this error is silently ignored. Use does not have clue that something wrong happened. Instead of silent ignore, propagate the error to user. Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-04 11:50:12 +02:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
net: devlink: don't ignore errors during dumpit Currently, some dumpit function may end-up with error which is not -EMSGSIZE and this error is silently ignored. Use does not have clue that something wrong happened. Instead of silent ignore, propagate the error to user. Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-04 11:50:12 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: rename and reorder instances of struct devlink_cmd In order to maintain naming consistency, rename and reorder all usages of struct struct devlink_cmd in the following way: 1) Remove "gen" and replace it with "cmd" to match the struct name 2) Order devl_cmds[] and the header file to match the order of enum devlink_command 3) Move devl_cmd_rate_get among the peers 4) Remove "inst" for DEVLINK_CMD_GET 5) Add "_get" suffix to all to match DEVLINK_CMD_*_GET (only rate had it done correctly) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:13 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: use missing attribute ext_ack Devlink with its global attr policy has a lot of attribute presence check, use the new ext ack reporting when they are missing. Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-08-25 20:09:33 -07:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: validate length of param values DEVLINK_ATTR_PARAM_VALUE_DATA may have different types so it's not checked by the normal netlink policy. Make sure the attribute length is what we expect. Fixes: e3b7ca18ad7b ("devlink: Add param set command") Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-02 21:05:11 -08:00
devlink: Fix param set handling for string type In case devlink param type is string, it needs to copy the string value it got from the input to devlink_param_value. Fixes: e3b7ca18ad7b ("devlink: Add param set command") Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-10 16:09:25 +03:00
devlink: validate length of param values DEVLINK_ATTR_PARAM_VALUE_DATA may have different types so it's not checked by the normal netlink policy. Make sure the attribute length is what we expect. Fixes: e3b7ca18ad7b ("devlink: Add param set command") Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-02 21:05:11 -08:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: validate length of param values DEVLINK_ATTR_PARAM_VALUE_DATA may have different types so it's not checked by the normal netlink policy. Make sure the attribute length is what we expect. Fixes: e3b7ca18ad7b ("devlink: Add param set command") Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-02 21:05:11 -08:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: validate length of param values DEVLINK_ATTR_PARAM_VALUE_DATA may have different types so it's not checked by the normal netlink policy. Make sure the attribute length is what we expect. Fixes: e3b7ca18ad7b ("devlink: Add param set command") Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-02 21:05:11 -08:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: validate length of param values DEVLINK_ATTR_PARAM_VALUE_DATA may have different types so it's not checked by the normal netlink policy. Make sure the attribute length is what we expect. Fixes: e3b7ca18ad7b ("devlink: Add param set command") Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-02 21:05:11 -08:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: validate length of param values DEVLINK_ATTR_PARAM_VALUE_DATA may have different types so it's not checked by the normal netlink policy. Make sure the attribute length is what we expect. Fixes: e3b7ca18ad7b ("devlink: Add param set command") Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-02 21:05:11 -08:00
devlink: Add helper function for safely copy string param Devlink string param buffer is allocated at the size of DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE. Add helper function which makes sure this size is not exceeded. Renamed DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE to __DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE to emphasize that it should be used by devlink only. The driver should use the helper function instead to verify it doesn't exceed the allowed length. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-10 16:09:27 +03:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: validate length of param values DEVLINK_ATTR_PARAM_VALUE_DATA may have different types so it's not checked by the normal netlink policy. Make sure the attribute length is what we expect. Fixes: e3b7ca18ad7b ("devlink: Add param set command") Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-02 21:05:11 -08:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: validate length of param values DEVLINK_ATTR_PARAM_VALUE_DATA may have different types so it's not checked by the normal netlink policy. Make sure the attribute length is what we expect. Fixes: e3b7ca18ad7b ("devlink: Add param set command") Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-02 21:05:11 -08:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: use missing attribute ext_ack Devlink with its global attr policy has a lot of attribute presence check, use the new ext ack reporting when they are missing. Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-08-25 20:09:33 -07:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: use missing attribute ext_ack Devlink with its global attr policy has a lot of attribute presence check, use the new ext ack reporting when they are missing. Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-08-25 20:09:33 -07:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: make sure driver does not read updated driverinit param before reload The driverinit param purpose is to serve the driver during init/reload time to provide a value, either default or set by user. Make sure that driver does not read value updated by user before the reload is performed. Hold the new value in a separate struct and switch it during reload. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:26 +01:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
net: devlink: stub port params cmds for they are unused internally Follow-up the removal of unused internal api of port params made by commit 42ded61aa75e ("devlink: Delete not used port parameters APIs") and stub the commands and add extack message to tell the user what is going on. If later on port params are needed, could be easily re-introduced, but until then it is a dead code. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220826082730.1399735-1-jiri@resnulli.us Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-08-26 10:27:30 +02:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
net: devlink: stub port params cmds for they are unused internally Follow-up the removal of unused internal api of port params made by commit 42ded61aa75e ("devlink: Delete not used port parameters APIs") and stub the commands and add extack message to tell the user what is going on. If later on port params are needed, could be easily re-introduced, but until then it is a dead code. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220826082730.1399735-1-jiri@resnulli.us Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-08-26 10:27:30 +02:00
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
devlink: Extend the support querying for region snapshot IDs Extend the support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command to also return the IDs of the snapshot currently present on the region. Each reply will include a nested snapshots attribute that can contain multiple snapshot attributes each with an ID. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:12 +03:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Extend the support querying for region snapshot IDs Extend the support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command to also return the IDs of the snapshot currently present on the region. Each reply will include a nested snapshots attribute that can contain multiple snapshot attributes each with an ID. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:12 +03:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Extend the support querying for region snapshot IDs Extend the support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command to also return the IDs of the snapshot currently present on the region. Each reply will include a nested snapshots attribute that can contain multiple snapshot attributes each with an ID. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:12 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
devlink: Fix some error codes These paths don't set the error codes. It's especially important in devlink_nl_region_notify_build() where it leads to a NULL dereference in the caller. Fixes: 544e7c33ec2f ("net: devlink: Add support for port regions") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201026080059.GA1628785@mwanda Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-26 11:00:59 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Fix some error codes These paths don't set the error codes. It's especially important in devlink_nl_region_notify_build() where it leads to a NULL dereference in the caller. Fixes: 544e7c33ec2f ("net: devlink: Add support for port regions") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201026080059.GA1628785@mwanda Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-26 11:00:59 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: prepare to support region operations Modify the devlink region code in preparation for adding new operations on regions. Create a devlink_region_ops structure, and move the name pointer from within the devlink_region structure into the ops structure (similar to the devlink_health_reporter_ops). This prepares the regions to enable support of additional operations in the future such as requesting snapshots, or accessing the region directly without a snapshot. In order to re-use the constant strings in the mlx4 driver their declaration must be changed to 'const char * const' to ensure the compiler realizes that both the data and the pointer cannot change. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:08 -07:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
devlink: report maximum number of snapshots with regions Each region has an independently configurable number of maximum snapshots. This information is not reported to userspace, making it not very discoverable. Fix this by adding a new DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_MAX_SNAPSHOST attribute which is used to report this maximum. Ex: $devlink region pci/0000:af:00.0/nvm-flash: size 10485760 snapshot [] max 1 pci/0000:af:00.0/device-caps: size 4096 snapshot [] max 10 pci/0000:af:00.1/nvm-flash: size 10485760 snapshot [] max 1 pci/0000:af:00.1/device-caps: size 4096 snapshot [] max 10 This information enables users to understand why a new region command may fail due to having too many existing snapshots. Reported-by: Gurucharan G <gurucharanx.g@intel.com> (A Contingent worker at Intel) Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-30 14:21:04 -07:00
devlink: Extend the support querying for region snapshot IDs Extend the support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command to also return the IDs of the snapshot currently present on the region. Each reply will include a nested snapshots attribute that can contain multiple snapshot attributes each with an ID. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:12 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
devlink: factor out building a snapshot notification We'll need to send snapshot info back on the socket which requested a snapshot to be created. Factor out constructing a snapshot description from the broadcast notification code. v3: new patch Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:40 -07:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: factor out building a snapshot notification We'll need to send snapshot info back on the socket which requested a snapshot to be created. Factor out constructing a snapshot description from the broadcast notification code. v3: new patch Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:40 -07:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: factor out building a snapshot notification We'll need to send snapshot info back on the socket which requested a snapshot to be created. Factor out constructing a snapshot description from the broadcast notification code. v3: new patch Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:40 -07:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: factor out building a snapshot notification We'll need to send snapshot info back on the socket which requested a snapshot to be created. Factor out constructing a snapshot description from the broadcast notification code. v3: new patch Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:40 -07:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: Fix some error codes These paths don't set the error codes. It's especially important in devlink_nl_region_notify_build() where it leads to a NULL dereference in the caller. Fixes: 544e7c33ec2f ("net: devlink: Add support for port regions") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201026080059.GA1628785@mwanda Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-26 11:00:59 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Fix some error codes These paths don't set the error codes. It's especially important in devlink_nl_region_notify_build() where it leads to a NULL dereference in the caller. Fixes: 544e7c33ec2f ("net: devlink: Add support for port regions") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201026080059.GA1628785@mwanda Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-26 11:00:59 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: prepare to support region operations Modify the devlink region code in preparation for adding new operations on regions. Create a devlink_region_ops structure, and move the name pointer from within the devlink_region structure into the ops structure (similar to the devlink_health_reporter_ops). This prepares the regions to enable support of additional operations in the future such as requesting snapshots, or accessing the region directly without a snapshot. In order to re-use the constant strings in the mlx4 driver their declaration must be changed to 'const char * const' to ensure the compiler realizes that both the data and the pointer cannot change. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:08 -07:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: factor out building a snapshot notification We'll need to send snapshot info back on the socket which requested a snapshot to be created. Factor out constructing a snapshot description from the broadcast notification code. v3: new patch Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:40 -07:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: factor out building a snapshot notification We'll need to send snapshot info back on the socket which requested a snapshot to be created. Factor out constructing a snapshot description from the broadcast notification code. v3: new patch Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:40 -07:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
devlink: factor out building a snapshot notification We'll need to send snapshot info back on the socket which requested a snapshot to be created. Factor out constructing a snapshot description from the broadcast notification code. v3: new patch Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:40 -07:00
devlink: Add missed notifications iterators The commit mentioned in Fixes line missed a couple of notifications that were registered before devlink_register() and should be delayed too. As such, the too early placed WARN_ON() check spotted it. WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 6540 at net/core/devlink.c:5158 devlink_nl_region_notify+0x184/0x1e0 net/core/devlink.c:5158 Modules linked in: CPU: 1 PID: 6540 Comm: syz-executor.0 Not tainted 5.15.0-rc2-syzkaller #0 Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011 RIP: 0010:devlink_nl_region_notify+0x184/0x1e0 net/core/devlink.c:5158 Code: 38 41 b8 c0 0c 00 00 31 d2 48 89 ee 4c 89 e7 e8 72 1a 26 00 48 83 c4 08 5b 5d 41 5c 41 5d 41 5e e9 01 bd 41 fa e8 fc bc 41 fa <0f> 0b e9 f7 fe ff ff e8 f0 bc 41 fa 0f 0b eb da 4c 89 e7 e8 c4 18 RSP: 0018:ffffc90002d6f658 EFLAGS: 00010293 RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: 0000000000000000 RDX: ffff88801f08d580 RSI: ffffffff87344e94 RDI: 0000000000000003 RBP: ffff88801ee42100 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 0000000000000000 R10: ffffffff87344d8a R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffff88801c1dc000 R13: 0000000000000000 R14: 000000000000002c R15: ffff88801c1dc070 FS: 0000555555e8e400(0000) GS:ffff8880b9d00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 CR2: 000055dd7c590310 CR3: 0000000069a09000 CR4: 00000000003506e0 DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 Call Trace: devlink_region_create+0x39f/0x4c0 net/core/devlink.c:10327 nsim_dev_dummy_region_init drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:481 [inline] nsim_dev_probe+0x5f6/0x1150 drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:1479 call_driver_probe drivers/base/dd.c:517 [inline] really_probe+0x245/0xcc0 drivers/base/dd.c:596 __driver_probe_device+0x338/0x4d0 drivers/base/dd.c:751 driver_probe_device+0x4c/0x1a0 drivers/base/dd.c:781 __device_attach_driver+0x20b/0x2f0 drivers/base/dd.c:898 bus_for_each_drv+0x15f/0x1e0 drivers/base/bus.c:427 __device_attach+0x228/0x4a0 drivers/base/dd.c:969 bus_probe_device+0x1e4/0x290 drivers/base/bus.c:487 device_add+0xc35/0x21b0 drivers/base/core.c:3359 nsim_bus_dev_new drivers/net/netdevsim/bus.c:435 [inline] new_device_store+0x48b/0x770 drivers/net/netdevsim/bus.c:302 bus_attr_store+0x72/0xa0 drivers/base/bus.c:122 sysfs_kf_write+0x110/0x160 fs/sysfs/file.c:139 kernfs_fop_write_iter+0x342/0x500 fs/kernfs/file.c:296 call_write_iter include/linux/fs.h:2163 [inline] new_sync_write+0x429/0x660 fs/read_write.c:507 vfs_write+0x7cf/0xae0 fs/read_write.c:594 ksys_write+0x12d/0x250 fs/read_write.c:647 do_syscall_x64 arch/x86/entry/common.c:50 [inline] do_syscall_64+0x35/0xb0 arch/x86/entry/common.c:80 entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xae RIP: 0033:0x7f328409d3ef Code: 89 54 24 18 48 89 74 24 10 89 7c 24 08 e8 99 fd ff ff 48 8b 54 24 18 48 8b 74 24 10 41 89 c0 8b 7c 24 08 b8 01 00 00 00 0f 05 <48> 3d 00 f0 ff ff 77 31 44 89 c7 48 89 44 24 08 e8 cc fd ff ff 48 RSP: 002b:00007ffdc6851140 EFLAGS: 00000293 ORIG_RAX: 0000000000000001 RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 0000000000000003 RCX: 00007f328409d3ef RDX: 0000000000000003 RSI: 00007ffdc6851190 RDI: 0000000000000004 RBP: 0000000000000004 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 00007ffdc68510e0 R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000293 R12: 00007f3284144971 R13: 00007ffdc6851190 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: 00007ffdc6851860 Fixes: cf530217408e ("devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible") Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/2ed1159291f2a589b013914f2b60d8172fc525c1.1632925030.git.leonro@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-09-29 17:18:20 +03:00
devlink: factor out building a snapshot notification We'll need to send snapshot info back on the socket which requested a snapshot to be created. Factor out constructing a snapshot description from the broadcast notification code. v3: new patch Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:40 -07:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshot ID tracking dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, functions to get/put regions snapshot ID may be called from both locked and unlocked context. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshot ID tracking by using internal xa_lock() to maintain shapshot_ids xa_array consistency. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:42 +03:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshot ID tracking dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, functions to get/put regions snapshot ID may be called from both locked and unlocked context. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshot ID tracking by using internal xa_lock() to maintain shapshot_ids xa_array consistency. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:42 +03:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshot ID tracking dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, functions to get/put regions snapshot ID may be called from both locked and unlocked context. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshot ID tracking by using internal xa_lock() to maintain shapshot_ids xa_array consistency. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:42 +03:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshot ID tracking dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, functions to get/put regions snapshot ID may be called from both locked and unlocked context. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshot ID tracking by using internal xa_lock() to maintain shapshot_ids xa_array consistency. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:42 +03:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshot ID tracking dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, functions to get/put regions snapshot ID may be called from both locked and unlocked context. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshot ID tracking by using internal xa_lock() to maintain shapshot_ids xa_array consistency. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:42 +03:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshot ID tracking dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, functions to get/put regions snapshot ID may be called from both locked and unlocked context. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshot ID tracking by using internal xa_lock() to maintain shapshot_ids xa_array consistency. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:42 +03:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshot ID tracking dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, functions to get/put regions snapshot ID may be called from both locked and unlocked context. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshot ID tracking by using internal xa_lock() to maintain shapshot_ids xa_array consistency. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:42 +03:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshot ID tracking dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, functions to get/put regions snapshot ID may be called from both locked and unlocked context. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshot ID tracking by using internal xa_lock() to maintain shapshot_ids xa_array consistency. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:42 +03:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshot ID tracking dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, functions to get/put regions snapshot ID may be called from both locked and unlocked context. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshot ID tracking by using internal xa_lock() to maintain shapshot_ids xa_array consistency. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:42 +03:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshot ID tracking dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, functions to get/put regions snapshot ID may be called from both locked and unlocked context. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshot ID tracking by using internal xa_lock() to maintain shapshot_ids xa_array consistency. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:42 +03:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshot ID tracking dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, functions to get/put regions snapshot ID may be called from both locked and unlocked context. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshot ID tracking by using internal xa_lock() to maintain shapshot_ids xa_array consistency. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:42 +03:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshot ID tracking dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, functions to get/put regions snapshot ID may be called from both locked and unlocked context. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshot ID tracking by using internal xa_lock() to maintain shapshot_ids xa_array consistency. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:42 +03:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshot ID tracking dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, functions to get/put regions snapshot ID may be called from both locked and unlocked context. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshot ID tracking by using internal xa_lock() to maintain shapshot_ids xa_array consistency. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:42 +03:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshot ID tracking dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, functions to get/put regions snapshot ID may be called from both locked and unlocked context. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshot ID tracking by using internal xa_lock() to maintain shapshot_ids xa_array consistency. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:42 +03:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
devlink: extract snapshot id allocation to helper function A future change is going to implement a new devlink command to request a snapshot on demand. As part of this, the logic for handling the snapshot ids will be refactored. To simplify the snapshot id allocation function, move it to a separate function prefixed by `__`. This helper function will assume the lock is held. While no other callers will exist, it simplifies refactoring the logic because there is no need to complicate the function with gotos to handle unlocking on failure. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:13 -07:00
devlink: report error once U32_MAX snapshot ids have been used The devlink_snapshot_id_get() function returns a snapshot id. The snapshot id is a u32, so there is no way to indicate an error code. A future change is going to possibly add additional cases where this function could fail. Refactor the function to return the snapshot id in an argument, so that it can return zero or an error value. This ensures that snapshot ids cannot be confused with error values, and aids in the future refactor of snapshot id allocation management. Because there is no current way to release previously used snapshot ids, add a simple check ensuring that an error is reported in case the snapshot_id would over flow. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:14 -07:00
devlink: extract snapshot id allocation to helper function A future change is going to implement a new devlink command to request a snapshot on demand. As part of this, the logic for handling the snapshot ids will be refactored. To simplify the snapshot id allocation function, move it to a separate function prefixed by `__`. This helper function will assume the lock is held. While no other callers will exist, it simplifies refactoring the logic because there is no need to complicate the function with gotos to handle unlocking on failure. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:13 -07:00
devlink: report error once U32_MAX snapshot ids have been used The devlink_snapshot_id_get() function returns a snapshot id. The snapshot id is a u32, so there is no way to indicate an error code. A future change is going to possibly add additional cases where this function could fail. Refactor the function to return the snapshot id in an argument, so that it can return zero or an error value. This ensures that snapshot ids cannot be confused with error values, and aids in the future refactor of snapshot id allocation management. Because there is no current way to release previously used snapshot ids, add a simple check ensuring that an error is reported in case the snapshot_id would over flow. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:14 -07:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
devlink: extract snapshot id allocation to helper function A future change is going to implement a new devlink command to request a snapshot on demand. As part of this, the logic for handling the snapshot ids will be refactored. To simplify the snapshot id allocation function, move it to a separate function prefixed by `__`. This helper function will assume the lock is held. While no other callers will exist, it simplifies refactoring the logic because there is no need to complicate the function with gotos to handle unlocking on failure. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:13 -07:00
devlink: report error once U32_MAX snapshot ids have been used The devlink_snapshot_id_get() function returns a snapshot id. The snapshot id is a u32, so there is no way to indicate an error code. A future change is going to possibly add additional cases where this function could fail. Refactor the function to return the snapshot id in an argument, so that it can return zero or an error value. This ensures that snapshot ids cannot be confused with error values, and aids in the future refactor of snapshot id allocation management. Because there is no current way to release previously used snapshot ids, add a simple check ensuring that an error is reported in case the snapshot_id would over flow. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:14 -07:00
devlink: extract snapshot id allocation to helper function A future change is going to implement a new devlink command to request a snapshot on demand. As part of this, the logic for handling the snapshot ids will be refactored. To simplify the snapshot id allocation function, move it to a separate function prefixed by `__`. This helper function will assume the lock is held. While no other callers will exist, it simplifies refactoring the logic because there is no need to complicate the function with gotos to handle unlocking on failure. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:13 -07:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
devlink: extract snapshot id allocation to helper function A future change is going to implement a new devlink command to request a snapshot on demand. As part of this, the logic for handling the snapshot ids will be refactored. To simplify the snapshot id allocation function, move it to a separate function prefixed by `__`. This helper function will assume the lock is held. While no other callers will exist, it simplifies refactoring the logic because there is no need to complicate the function with gotos to handle unlocking on failure. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:13 -07:00
devlink: add function to take snapshot while locked A future change is going to add a new devlink command to request a snapshot on demand. This function will want to call the devlink_region_snapshot_create function while already holding the devlink instance lock. Extract the logic of this function into a static function prefixed by `__` to indicate that it is an internal helper function. Modify the original function to be implemented in terms of the new locked function. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:11 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: add function to take snapshot while locked A future change is going to add a new devlink command to request a snapshot on demand. This function will want to call the devlink_region_snapshot_create function while already holding the devlink instance lock. Extract the logic of this function into a static function prefixed by `__` to indicate that it is an internal helper function. Modify the original function to be implemented in terms of the new locked function. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:11 -07:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
devlink: add function to take snapshot while locked A future change is going to add a new devlink command to request a snapshot on demand. This function will want to call the devlink_region_snapshot_create function while already holding the devlink instance lock. Extract the logic of this function into a static function prefixed by `__` to indicate that it is an internal helper function. Modify the original function to be implemented in terms of the new locked function. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:11 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: add function to take snapshot while locked A future change is going to add a new devlink command to request a snapshot on demand. This function will want to call the devlink_region_snapshot_create function while already holding the devlink instance lock. Extract the logic of this function into a static function prefixed by `__` to indicate that it is an internal helper function. Modify the original function to be implemented in terms of the new locked function. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:11 -07:00
devlink: use -ENOSPC to indicate no more room for snapshots The devlink_region_snapshot_create function returns -ENOMEM when the maximum number of snapshots has been reached. This is confusing because it is not an issue of being out of memory. Change this to use -ENOSPC instead. Reported-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:12 -07:00
devlink: add function to take snapshot while locked A future change is going to add a new devlink command to request a snapshot on demand. This function will want to call the devlink_region_snapshot_create function while already holding the devlink instance lock. Extract the logic of this function into a static function prefixed by `__` to indicate that it is an internal helper function. Modify the original function to be implemented in terms of the new locked function. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:11 -07:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
devlink: add function to take snapshot while locked A future change is going to add a new devlink command to request a snapshot on demand. This function will want to call the devlink_region_snapshot_create function while already holding the devlink instance lock. Extract the logic of this function into a static function prefixed by `__` to indicate that it is an internal helper function. Modify the original function to be implemented in terms of the new locked function. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:11 -07:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
devlink: add function to take snapshot while locked A future change is going to add a new devlink command to request a snapshot on demand. This function will want to call the devlink_region_snapshot_create function while already holding the devlink instance lock. Extract the logic of this function into a static function prefixed by `__` to indicate that it is an internal helper function. Modify the original function to be implemented in terms of the new locked function. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:11 -07:00
devlink: send notifications for deleted snapshots on region destroy Currently the notifications for deleted snapshots are sent only in case user deletes a snapshot manually. Send the notifications in case region is destroyed too. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
2019-08-12 14:28:31 +02:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
devlink: send notifications for deleted snapshots on region destroy Currently the notifications for deleted snapshots are sent only in case user deletes a snapshot manually. Send the notifications in case region is destroyed too. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
2019-08-12 14:28:31 +02:00
devlink: convert snapshot destructor callback to region op It does not makes sense that two snapshots for a given region would use different destructors. Simplify snapshot creation by adding a .destructor op for regions. This operation will replace the data_destructor for the snapshot creation, and makes snapshot creation easier. Noticed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:09 -07:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
devlink: send notifications for deleted snapshots on region destroy Currently the notifications for deleted snapshots are sent only in case user deletes a snapshot manually. Send the notifications in case region is destroyed too. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
2019-08-12 14:28:31 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
devlink: use missing attribute ext_ack Devlink with its global attr policy has a lot of attribute presence check, use the new ext ack reporting when they are missing. Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-08-25 20:09:33 -07:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
net: devlink: convert port_list into xarray Some devlink instances may contain thousands of ports. Storing them in linked list and looking them up is not scalable. Convert the linked list into xarray. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-30 09:52:50 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: uniformly take the devlink instance lock in the dump loop Move the lock taking out of devlink_nl_cmd_region_get_devlink_dumpit(). This way all dumps will take the instance lock in the main iteration loop directly, making refactoring and reading the code easier. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:29 -08:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: uniformly take the devlink instance lock in the dump loop Move the lock taking out of devlink_nl_cmd_region_get_devlink_dumpit(). This way all dumps will take the instance lock in the main iteration loop directly, making refactoring and reading the code easier. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:29 -08:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
net: devlink: convert port_list into xarray Some devlink instances may contain thousands of ports. Storing them in linked list and looking them up is not scalable. Convert the linked list into xarray. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-30 09:52:50 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: uniformly take the devlink instance lock in the dump loop Move the lock taking out of devlink_nl_cmd_region_get_devlink_dumpit(). This way all dumps will take the instance lock in the main iteration loop directly, making refactoring and reading the code easier. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:29 -08:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: uniformly take the devlink instance lock in the dump loop Move the lock taking out of devlink_nl_cmd_region_get_devlink_dumpit(). This way all dumps will take the instance lock in the main iteration loop directly, making refactoring and reading the code easier. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:29 -08:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: rename and reorder instances of struct devlink_cmd In order to maintain naming consistency, rename and reorder all usages of struct struct devlink_cmd in the following way: 1) Remove "gen" and replace it with "cmd" to match the struct name 2) Order devl_cmds[] and the header file to match the order of enum devlink_command 3) Move devl_cmd_rate_get among the peers 4) Remove "inst" for DEVLINK_CMD_GET 5) Add "_get" suffix to all to match DEVLINK_CMD_*_GET (only rate had it done correctly) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:13 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: use missing attribute ext_ack Devlink with its global attr policy has a lot of attribute presence check, use the new ext ack reporting when they are missing. Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-08-25 20:09:33 -07:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: send notifications for deleted snapshots on region destroy Currently the notifications for deleted snapshots are sent only in case user deletes a snapshot manually. Send the notifications in case region is destroyed too. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
2019-08-12 14:28:31 +02:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
devlink: let kernel allocate region snapshot id Currently users have to choose a free snapshot id before calling DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW. This is potentially racy and inconvenient. Make the DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID optional and try to allocate id automatically. Send a message back to the caller with the snapshot info. Example use: $ devlink region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy: snapshot 1 $ id=$(devlink -j region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy | \ jq '.[][][][]') $ devlink region dump netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id [...] $ devlink region del netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id v4: - inline the notification code v3: - send the notification only once snapshot creation completed. v2: - don't wrap the line containing extack; - add a few sentences to the docs. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:41 -07:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: let kernel allocate region snapshot id Currently users have to choose a free snapshot id before calling DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW. This is potentially racy and inconvenient. Make the DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID optional and try to allocate id automatically. Send a message back to the caller with the snapshot info. Example use: $ devlink region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy: snapshot 1 $ id=$(devlink -j region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy | \ jq '.[][][][]') $ devlink region dump netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id [...] $ devlink region del netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id v4: - inline the notification code v3: - send the notification only once snapshot creation completed. v2: - don't wrap the line containing extack; - add a few sentences to the docs. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:41 -07:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
devlink: use missing attribute ext_ack Devlink with its global attr policy has a lot of attribute presence check, use the new ext ack reporting when they are missing. Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-08-25 20:09:33 -07:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
devlink: let kernel allocate region snapshot id Currently users have to choose a free snapshot id before calling DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW. This is potentially racy and inconvenient. Make the DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID optional and try to allocate id automatically. Send a message back to the caller with the snapshot info. Example use: $ devlink region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy: snapshot 1 $ id=$(devlink -j region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy | \ jq '.[][][][]') $ devlink region dump netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id [...] $ devlink region del netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id v4: - inline the notification code v3: - send the notification only once snapshot creation completed. v2: - don't wrap the line containing extack; - add a few sentences to the docs. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:41 -07:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
devlink: let kernel allocate region snapshot id Currently users have to choose a free snapshot id before calling DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW. This is potentially racy and inconvenient. Make the DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID optional and try to allocate id automatically. Send a message back to the caller with the snapshot info. Example use: $ devlink region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy: snapshot 1 $ id=$(devlink -j region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy | \ jq '.[][][][]') $ devlink region dump netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id [...] $ devlink region del netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id v4: - inline the notification code v3: - send the notification only once snapshot creation completed. v2: - don't wrap the line containing extack; - add a few sentences to the docs. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:41 -07:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: let kernel allocate region snapshot id Currently users have to choose a free snapshot id before calling DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW. This is potentially racy and inconvenient. Make the DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID optional and try to allocate id automatically. Send a message back to the caller with the snapshot info. Example use: $ devlink region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy: snapshot 1 $ id=$(devlink -j region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy | \ jq '.[][][][]') $ devlink region dump netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id [...] $ devlink region del netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id v4: - inline the notification code v3: - send the notification only once snapshot creation completed. v2: - don't wrap the line containing extack; - add a few sentences to the docs. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:41 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: let kernel allocate region snapshot id Currently users have to choose a free snapshot id before calling DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW. This is potentially racy and inconvenient. Make the DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID optional and try to allocate id automatically. Send a message back to the caller with the snapshot info. Example use: $ devlink region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy: snapshot 1 $ id=$(devlink -j region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy | \ jq '.[][][][]') $ devlink region dump netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id [...] $ devlink region del netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id v4: - inline the notification code v3: - send the notification only once snapshot creation completed. v2: - don't wrap the line containing extack; - add a few sentences to the docs. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:41 -07:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: let kernel allocate region snapshot id Currently users have to choose a free snapshot id before calling DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW. This is potentially racy and inconvenient. Make the DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID optional and try to allocate id automatically. Send a message back to the caller with the snapshot info. Example use: $ devlink region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy: snapshot 1 $ id=$(devlink -j region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy | \ jq '.[][][][]') $ devlink region dump netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id [...] $ devlink region del netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id v4: - inline the notification code v3: - send the notification only once snapshot creation completed. v2: - don't wrap the line containing extack; - add a few sentences to the docs. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:41 -07:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
devlink: let kernel allocate region snapshot id Currently users have to choose a free snapshot id before calling DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW. This is potentially racy and inconvenient. Make the DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID optional and try to allocate id automatically. Send a message back to the caller with the snapshot info. Example use: $ devlink region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy: snapshot 1 $ id=$(devlink -j region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy | \ jq '.[][][][]') $ devlink region dump netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id [...] $ devlink region del netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id v4: - inline the notification code v3: - send the notification only once snapshot creation completed. v2: - don't wrap the line containing extack; - add a few sentences to the docs. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:41 -07:00
net: devlink: Fix missing mutex_unlock() call Commit 2dec18ad826f forgets to call mutex_unlock() before the function returns in the error path: New smatch warnings: net/core/devlink.c:6392 devlink_nl_cmd_region_new() warn: inconsistent \ returns '&region->snapshot_lock'. Make sure we call mutex_unlock() in this error path. Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com> Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Fixes: 2dec18ad826f ("net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock") Signed-off-by: Ammar Faizi <ammarfaizi2@gnuweeb.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220801115742.1309329-1-ammar.faizi@intel.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-08-01 18:59:56 +07:00
devlink: let kernel allocate region snapshot id Currently users have to choose a free snapshot id before calling DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW. This is potentially racy and inconvenient. Make the DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID optional and try to allocate id automatically. Send a message back to the caller with the snapshot info. Example use: $ devlink region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy: snapshot 1 $ id=$(devlink -j region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy | \ jq '.[][][][]') $ devlink region dump netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id [...] $ devlink region del netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id v4: - inline the notification code v3: - send the notification only once snapshot creation completed. v2: - don't wrap the line containing extack; - add a few sentences to the docs. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:41 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
devlink: let kernel allocate region snapshot id Currently users have to choose a free snapshot id before calling DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW. This is potentially racy and inconvenient. Make the DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID optional and try to allocate id automatically. Send a message back to the caller with the snapshot info. Example use: $ devlink region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy: snapshot 1 $ id=$(devlink -j region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy | \ jq '.[][][][]') $ devlink region dump netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id [...] $ devlink region del netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id v4: - inline the notification code v3: - send the notification only once snapshot creation completed. v2: - don't wrap the line containing extack; - add a few sentences to the docs. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:41 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: let kernel allocate region snapshot id Currently users have to choose a free snapshot id before calling DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW. This is potentially racy and inconvenient. Make the DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID optional and try to allocate id automatically. Send a message back to the caller with the snapshot info. Example use: $ devlink region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy: snapshot 1 $ id=$(devlink -j region new netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy | \ jq '.[][][][]') $ devlink region dump netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id [...] $ devlink region del netdevsim/netdevsim1/dummy snapshot $id v4: - inline the notification code v3: - send the notification only once snapshot creation completed. v2: - don't wrap the line containing extack; - add a few sentences to the docs. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-01 09:40:41 -07:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: refactor region_read_snapshot_fill to use a callback function The devlink_nl_region_read_snapshot_fill is used to copy the contents of a snapshot into a message for reporting to userspace via the DEVLINK_CMG_REGION_READ netlink message. A future change is going to add support for directly reading from a region. Almost all of the logic for this new capability is identical. To help reduce code duplication and make this logic more generic, refactor the function to take a cb and cb_priv pointer for doing the actual copy. Add a devlink_region_snapshot_fill implementation that will simply copy the relevant chunk of the region. This does require allocating some storage for the chunk as opposed to simply passing the correct address forward to the devlink_nl_cmg_region_read_chunk_fill function. A future change to implement support for directly reading from a region without a snapshot will provide a separate implementation that calls the newly added devlink region operation. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:43 -08:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: refactor region_read_snapshot_fill to use a callback function The devlink_nl_region_read_snapshot_fill is used to copy the contents of a snapshot into a message for reporting to userspace via the DEVLINK_CMG_REGION_READ netlink message. A future change is going to add support for directly reading from a region. Almost all of the logic for this new capability is identical. To help reduce code duplication and make this logic more generic, refactor the function to take a cb and cb_priv pointer for doing the actual copy. Add a devlink_region_snapshot_fill implementation that will simply copy the relevant chunk of the region. This does require allocating some storage for the chunk as opposed to simply passing the correct address forward to the devlink_nl_cmg_region_read_chunk_fill function. A future change to implement support for directly reading from a region without a snapshot will provide a separate implementation that calls the newly added devlink region operation. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:43 -08:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: use min_t to calculate data_size The calculation for the data_size in the devlink_nl_read_snapshot_fill function uses an if statement that is better expressed using the min_t macro. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:39 -08:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: refactor region_read_snapshot_fill to use a callback function The devlink_nl_region_read_snapshot_fill is used to copy the contents of a snapshot into a message for reporting to userspace via the DEVLINK_CMG_REGION_READ netlink message. A future change is going to add support for directly reading from a region. Almost all of the logic for this new capability is identical. To help reduce code duplication and make this logic more generic, refactor the function to take a cb and cb_priv pointer for doing the actual copy. Add a devlink_region_snapshot_fill implementation that will simply copy the relevant chunk of the region. This does require allocating some storage for the chunk as opposed to simply passing the correct address forward to the devlink_nl_cmg_region_read_chunk_fill function. A future change to implement support for directly reading from a region without a snapshot will provide a separate implementation that calls the newly added devlink region operation. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:43 -08:00
devlink: remove unnecessary parameter from chunk_fill function The devlink parameter of the devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_chunk_fill function is not used. Remove it, to simplify the function signature. Once removed, it is also obvious that the devlink parameter is not necessary for the devlink_nl_region_read_snapshot_fill either. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:42 -08:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: refactor region_read_snapshot_fill to use a callback function The devlink_nl_region_read_snapshot_fill is used to copy the contents of a snapshot into a message for reporting to userspace via the DEVLINK_CMG_REGION_READ netlink message. A future change is going to add support for directly reading from a region. Almost all of the logic for this new capability is identical. To help reduce code duplication and make this logic more generic, refactor the function to take a cb and cb_priv pointer for doing the actual copy. Add a devlink_region_snapshot_fill implementation that will simply copy the relevant chunk of the region. This does require allocating some storage for the chunk as opposed to simply passing the correct address forward to the devlink_nl_cmg_region_read_chunk_fill function. A future change to implement support for directly reading from a region without a snapshot will provide a separate implementation that calls the newly added devlink region operation. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:43 -08:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: refactor region_read_snapshot_fill to use a callback function The devlink_nl_region_read_snapshot_fill is used to copy the contents of a snapshot into a message for reporting to userspace via the DEVLINK_CMG_REGION_READ netlink message. A future change is going to add support for directly reading from a region. Almost all of the logic for this new capability is identical. To help reduce code duplication and make this logic more generic, refactor the function to take a cb and cb_priv pointer for doing the actual copy. Add a devlink_region_snapshot_fill implementation that will simply copy the relevant chunk of the region. This does require allocating some storage for the chunk as opposed to simply passing the correct address forward to the devlink_nl_cmg_region_read_chunk_fill function. A future change to implement support for directly reading from a region without a snapshot will provide a separate implementation that calls the newly added devlink region operation. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:43 -08:00
devlink: support directly reading from region memory To read from a region, user space must currently request a new snapshot of the region and then read from that snapshot. This can sometimes be overkill if user space only reads a tiny portion. They first create the snapshot, then request a read, then destroy the snapshot. For regions which have a single underlying "contents", it makes sense to allow supporting direct reading of the region data. Extend the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ to allow direct reading from a region if requested via the new DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_DIRECT. If this attribute is set, then perform a direct read instead of using a snapshot. Direct read is mutually exclusive with DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID, and care is taken to ensure that we reject commands which provide incorrect attributes. Regions must enable support for direct read by implementing the .read() callback function. If a region does not support such direct reads, a suitable extended error message is reported. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:44 -08:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: have genetlink code to parse the attrs during dumpit Benefit from the fact that the generic netlink code can parse the attrs for dumpit op and avoid need to parse it in the op callback. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-05 20:04:42 +02:00
devlink: use an explicit structure for dump context Create a dump context structure instead of using cb->args as an unsigned long array. This is a pure conversion which is intended to be as much of a noop as possible. Subsequent changes will use this to simplify the code. The two non-trivial parts are: - devlink_nl_cmd_health_reporter_dump_get_dumpit() checks args[0] to see if devlink_fmsg_dumpit() has already been called (whether this is the first msg), but doesn't use the exact value, so we can drop the local variable there already - devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() uses args[0] for address but we'll use args[1] now, shouldn't matter Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:22 -08:00
devlink: find snapshot in devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit The snapshot pointer is obtained inside of the function devlink_nl_region_read_snapshot_fill. Simplify this function by locating the snapshot upfront in devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit instead. This aligns with how other netlink attributes are handled, and allows us to exit slightly earlier if an invalid snapshot ID is provided. It also allows us to pass the snapshot pointer directly to the devlink_nl_region_read_snapshot_fill, and remove the now unused attrs parameter. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:41 -08:00
devlink: refactor end checks in devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit Clean up after recent fixes, move address calculations around and change the variable init, so that we can have just one start_offset == end_offset check. Make the check a little stricter to preserve the -EINVAL error if requested start offset is larger than the region itself. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-13 10:28:22 -07:00
devlink: have genetlink code to parse the attrs during dumpit Benefit from the fact that the generic netlink code can parse the attrs for dumpit op and avoid need to parse it in the op callback. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-05 20:04:42 +02:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: support directly reading from region memory To read from a region, user space must currently request a new snapshot of the region and then read from that snapshot. This can sometimes be overkill if user space only reads a tiny portion. They first create the snapshot, then request a read, then destroy the snapshot. For regions which have a single underlying "contents", it makes sense to allow supporting direct reading of the region data. Extend the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ to allow direct reading from a region if requested via the new DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_DIRECT. If this attribute is set, then perform a direct read instead of using a snapshot. Direct read is mutually exclusive with DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID, and care is taken to ensure that we reject commands which provide incorrect attributes. Regions must enable support for direct read by implementing the .read() callback function. If a region does not support such direct reads, a suitable extended error message is reported. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:44 -08:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: support directly reading from region memory To read from a region, user space must currently request a new snapshot of the region and then read from that snapshot. This can sometimes be overkill if user space only reads a tiny portion. They first create the snapshot, then request a read, then destroy the snapshot. For regions which have a single underlying "contents", it makes sense to allow supporting direct reading of the region data. Extend the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ to allow direct reading from a region if requested via the new DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_DIRECT. If this attribute is set, then perform a direct read instead of using a snapshot. Direct read is mutually exclusive with DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID, and care is taken to ensure that we reject commands which provide incorrect attributes. Regions must enable support for direct read by implementing the .read() callback function. If a region does not support such direct reads, a suitable extended error message is reported. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:44 -08:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: use an explicit structure for dump context Create a dump context structure instead of using cb->args as an unsigned long array. This is a pure conversion which is intended to be as much of a noop as possible. Subsequent changes will use this to simplify the code. The two non-trivial parts are: - devlink_nl_cmd_health_reporter_dump_get_dumpit() checks args[0] to see if devlink_fmsg_dumpit() has already been called (whether this is the first msg), but doesn't use the exact value, so we can drop the local variable there already - devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() uses args[0] for address but we'll use args[1] now, shouldn't matter Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:22 -08:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: protect devlink->dev by the instance lock devlink->dev is assumed to be always valid as long as any outstanding reference to the devlink instance exists. In prep for weakening of the references take the instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-05 22:33:56 -08:00
net: devlink: remove devlink_mutex All accesses to devlink structure from userspace and drivers are locked with devlink->lock instance mutex. Also, devlinks xa_array iteration is taken care of by iteration helpers taking devlink reference. Therefore, remove devlink_mutex as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-29 09:10:37 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: report extended error message in region_read_dumpit() Report extended error details in the devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() function, by using the extack structure from the netlink_callback. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:40 -08:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Unlock on error in dumpit() This needs to unlock before returning. Fixes: 544e7c33ec2f ("net: devlink: Add support for port regions") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201026080127.GB1628785@mwanda Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-26 11:01:27 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: report extended error message in region_read_dumpit() Report extended error details in the devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() function, by using the extack structure from the netlink_callback. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:40 -08:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: report extended error message in region_read_dumpit() Report extended error details in the devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() function, by using the extack structure from the netlink_callback. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:40 -08:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: find snapshot in devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit The snapshot pointer is obtained inside of the function devlink_nl_region_read_snapshot_fill. Simplify this function by locating the snapshot upfront in devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit instead. This aligns with how other netlink attributes are handled, and allows us to exit slightly earlier if an invalid snapshot ID is provided. It also allows us to pass the snapshot pointer directly to the devlink_nl_region_read_snapshot_fill, and remove the now unused attrs parameter. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:41 -08:00
devlink: support directly reading from region memory To read from a region, user space must currently request a new snapshot of the region and then read from that snapshot. This can sometimes be overkill if user space only reads a tiny portion. They first create the snapshot, then request a read, then destroy the snapshot. For regions which have a single underlying "contents", it makes sense to allow supporting direct reading of the region data. Extend the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ to allow direct reading from a region if requested via the new DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_DIRECT. If this attribute is set, then perform a direct read instead of using a snapshot. Direct read is mutually exclusive with DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID, and care is taken to ensure that we reject commands which provide incorrect attributes. Regions must enable support for direct read by implementing the .read() callback function. If a region does not support such direct reads, a suitable extended error message is reported. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:44 -08:00
devlink: find snapshot in devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit The snapshot pointer is obtained inside of the function devlink_nl_region_read_snapshot_fill. Simplify this function by locating the snapshot upfront in devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit instead. This aligns with how other netlink attributes are handled, and allows us to exit slightly earlier if an invalid snapshot ID is provided. It also allows us to pass the snapshot pointer directly to the devlink_nl_region_read_snapshot_fill, and remove the now unused attrs parameter. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:41 -08:00
devlink: refactor end checks in devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit Clean up after recent fixes, move address calculations around and change the variable init, so that we can have just one start_offset == end_offset check. Make the check a little stricter to preserve the -EINVAL error if requested start offset is larger than the region itself. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-13 10:28:22 -07:00
devlink: report 0 after hitting end in region read commit fdd41ec21e15 ("devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read") modified the region read code to report errors properly in unexpected cases. In the case where the start_offset and ret_offset match, it unilaterally converted this into an error. This causes an issue for the "dump" version of the command. In this case, the devlink region dump will always report an invalid argument: 000000000000ffd0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 000000000000ffe0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff devlink answers: Invalid argument 000000000000fff0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff This occurs because the expected flow for the dump is to return 0 after there is no further data. The simplest fix would be to stop converting the error code to -EINVAL if start_offset == ret_offset. However, avoid unnecessary work by checking for when start_offset is larger than the region size and returning 0 upfront. Fixes: fdd41ec21e15 ("devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read") Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-02-04 15:59:50 -08:00
devlink: refactor end checks in devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit Clean up after recent fixes, move address calculations around and change the variable init, so that we can have just one start_offset == end_offset check. Make the check a little stricter to preserve the -EINVAL error if requested start offset is larger than the region itself. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-13 10:28:22 -07:00
devlink: report 0 after hitting end in region read commit fdd41ec21e15 ("devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read") modified the region read code to report errors properly in unexpected cases. In the case where the start_offset and ret_offset match, it unilaterally converted this into an error. This causes an issue for the "dump" version of the command. In this case, the devlink region dump will always report an invalid argument: 000000000000ffd0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 000000000000ffe0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff devlink answers: Invalid argument 000000000000fff0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff This occurs because the expected flow for the dump is to return 0 after there is no further data. The simplest fix would be to stop converting the error code to -EINVAL if start_offset == ret_offset. However, avoid unnecessary work by checking for when start_offset is larger than the region size and returning 0 upfront. Fixes: fdd41ec21e15 ("devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read") Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-02-04 15:59:50 -08:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Fix some error codes These paths don't set the error codes. It's especially important in devlink_nl_region_notify_build() where it leads to a NULL dereference in the caller. Fixes: 544e7c33ec2f ("net: devlink: Add support for port regions") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201026080059.GA1628785@mwanda Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-26 11:00:59 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Fix some error codes These paths don't set the error codes. It's especially important in devlink_nl_region_notify_build() where it leads to a NULL dereference in the caller. Fixes: 544e7c33ec2f ("net: devlink: Add support for port regions") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201026080059.GA1628785@mwanda Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-26 11:00:59 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 11:13:06 +02:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: support directly reading from region memory To read from a region, user space must currently request a new snapshot of the region and then read from that snapshot. This can sometimes be overkill if user space only reads a tiny portion. They first create the snapshot, then request a read, then destroy the snapshot. For regions which have a single underlying "contents", it makes sense to allow supporting direct reading of the region data. Extend the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ to allow direct reading from a region if requested via the new DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_DIRECT. If this attribute is set, then perform a direct read instead of using a snapshot. Direct read is mutually exclusive with DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID, and care is taken to ensure that we reject commands which provide incorrect attributes. Regions must enable support for direct read by implementing the .read() callback function. If a region does not support such direct reads, a suitable extended error message is reported. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-28 12:36:44 -08:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: use an explicit structure for dump context Create a dump context structure instead of using cb->args as an unsigned long array. This is a pure conversion which is intended to be as much of a noop as possible. Subsequent changes will use this to simplify the code. The two non-trivial parts are: - devlink_nl_cmd_health_reporter_dump_get_dumpit() checks args[0] to see if devlink_fmsg_dumpit() has already been called (whether this is the first msg), but doesn't use the exact value, so we can drop the local variable there already - devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() uses args[0] for address but we'll use args[1] now, shouldn't matter Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:22 -08:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
devlink: Count struct devlink consumers The struct devlink itself is protected by internal lock and doesn't need global lock during operation. That global lock is used to protect addition/removal new devlink instances from the global list in use by all devlink consumers in the system. The future conversion of linked list to be xarray will allow us to actually delete that lock, but first we need to count all struct devlink users. The reference counting provides us a way to ensure that no new user space commands success to grab devlink instance which is going to be destroyed makes it is safe to access it without lock. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-14 12:57:28 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
devlink: Count struct devlink consumers The struct devlink itself is protected by internal lock and doesn't need global lock during operation. That global lock is used to protect addition/removal new devlink instances from the global list in use by all devlink consumers in the system. The future conversion of linked list to be xarray will allow us to actually delete that lock, but first we need to count all struct devlink users. The reference counting provides us a way to ensure that no new user space commands success to grab devlink instance which is going to be destroyed makes it is safe to access it without lock. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-14 12:57:28 +03:00
devlink: Return right error code in case of errors for region read devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() misses to return right error code on most error conditions. Return the right error code on such errors. Fixes: 4e54795a27f5 ("devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-12 14:23:58 -06:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: adopt u64_stats_t As explained in commit 316580b69d0a ("u64_stats: provide u64_stats_t type") we should use u64_stats_t and related accessors to avoid load/store tearing. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-06-08 08:46:38 -07:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap group parameters support Packet trap groups are used to aggregate logically related packet traps. Currently, these groups allow user space to batch operations such as setting the trap action of all member traps. In order to prevent the CPU from being overwhelmed by too many trapped packets, it is desirable to bind a packet trap policer to these groups. For example, to limit all the packets that encountered an exception during routing to 10Kpps. Allow device drivers to bind default packet trap policers to packet trap groups when the latter are registered with devlink. The next patch will enable user space to change this default binding. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:21 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Stop reference counting packet trap groups Now that drivers explicitly register their supported packet trap groups there is no for devlink to create them on-demand and destroy them when their reference count reaches zero. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:29 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap group parameters support Packet trap groups are used to aggregate logically related packet traps. Currently, these groups allow user space to batch operations such as setting the trap action of all member traps. In order to prevent the CPU from being overwhelmed by too many trapped packets, it is desirable to bind a packet trap policer to these groups. For example, to limit all the packets that encountered an exception during routing to 10Kpps. Allow device drivers to bind default packet trap policers to packet trap groups when the latter are registered with devlink. The next patch will enable user space to change this default binding. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:21 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
treewide: Use fallthrough pseudo-keyword Replace the existing /* fall through */ comments and its variants with the new pseudo-keyword macro fallthrough[1]. Also, remove unnecessary fall-through markings when it is the case. [1] https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/v5.7/process/deprecated.html?highlight=fallthrough#implicit-switch-case-fall-through Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
2020-08-23 17:36:59 -05:00
devlink: Add 'mirror' trap action The action is used by control traps such as IGMP query. The packet is flooded by the device, but also trapped to the CPU in order for the software bridge to mark the receiving port as a multicast router port. Such packets are marked with 'skb->offload_fwd_mark = 1' in order to prevent the software bridge from flooding them again. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-29 21:36:39 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: add trap metadata type for cookie Allow driver to indicate cookie metadata for registered traps. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-02-25 11:45:19 +01:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
net: Remove the obsolte u64_stats_fetch_*_irq() users (net). Now that the 32bit UP oddity is gone and 32bit uses always a sequence count, there is no need for the fetch_irq() variants anymore. Convert to the regular interface. Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de> Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-10-26 15:22:15 +02:00
devlink: adopt u64_stats_t As explained in commit 316580b69d0a ("u64_stats: provide u64_stats_t type") we should use u64_stats_t and related accessors to avoid load/store tearing. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-06-08 08:46:38 -07:00
net: Remove the obsolte u64_stats_fetch_*_irq() users (net). Now that the 32bit UP oddity is gone and 32bit uses always a sequence count, there is no need for the fetch_irq() variants anymore. Convert to the regular interface. Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de> Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-10-26 15:22:15 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: adopt u64_stats_t As explained in commit 316580b69d0a ("u64_stats: provide u64_stats_t type") we should use u64_stats_t and related accessors to avoid load/store tearing. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-06-08 08:46:38 -07:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
net: core: devlink: add dropped stats traps field Whenever query statistics is issued for trap, devlink subsystem would also fill-in statistics 'dropped' field. This field indicates the number of packets HW dropped and failed to report to the device driver, and thus - to the devlink subsystem itself. In case if device driver didn't register callback for hard drop statistics querying, 'dropped' field will be omitted and not filled. Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-14 16:01:12 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: adopt u64_stats_t As explained in commit 316580b69d0a ("u64_stats: provide u64_stats_t type") we should use u64_stats_t and related accessors to avoid load/store tearing. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-06-08 08:46:38 -07:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: adopt u64_stats_t As explained in commit 316580b69d0a ("u64_stats: provide u64_stats_t type") we should use u64_stats_t and related accessors to avoid load/store tearing. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-06-08 08:46:38 -07:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
net: core: devlink: add dropped stats traps field Whenever query statistics is issued for trap, devlink subsystem would also fill-in statistics 'dropped' field. This field indicates the number of packets HW dropped and failed to report to the device driver, and thus - to the devlink subsystem itself. In case if device driver didn't register callback for hard drop statistics querying, 'dropped' field will be omitted and not filled. Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-14 16:01:12 +03:00
devlink: adopt u64_stats_t As explained in commit 316580b69d0a ("u64_stats: provide u64_stats_t type") we should use u64_stats_t and related accessors to avoid load/store tearing. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-06-08 08:46:38 -07:00
net: core: devlink: add dropped stats traps field Whenever query statistics is issued for trap, devlink subsystem would also fill-in statistics 'dropped' field. This field indicates the number of packets HW dropped and failed to report to the device driver, and thus - to the devlink subsystem itself. In case if device driver didn't register callback for hard drop statistics querying, 'dropped' field will be omitted and not filled. Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-14 16:01:12 +03:00
devlink: adopt u64_stats_t As explained in commit 316580b69d0a ("u64_stats: provide u64_stats_t type") we should use u64_stats_t and related accessors to avoid load/store tearing. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-06-08 08:46:38 -07:00
net: core: devlink: add dropped stats traps field Whenever query statistics is issued for trap, devlink subsystem would also fill-in statistics 'dropped' field. This field indicates the number of packets HW dropped and failed to report to the device driver, and thus - to the devlink subsystem itself. In case if device driver didn't register callback for hard drop statistics querying, 'dropped' field will be omitted and not filled. Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-14 16:01:12 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
net: core: devlink: add dropped stats traps field Whenever query statistics is issued for trap, devlink subsystem would also fill-in statistics 'dropped' field. This field indicates the number of packets HW dropped and failed to report to the device driver, and thus - to the devlink subsystem itself. In case if device driver didn't register callback for hard drop statistics querying, 'dropped' field will be omitted and not filled. Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-14 16:01:12 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: use an explicit structure for dump context Create a dump context structure instead of using cb->args as an unsigned long array. This is a pure conversion which is intended to be as much of a noop as possible. Subsequent changes will use this to simplify the code. The two non-trivial parts are: - devlink_nl_cmd_health_reporter_dump_get_dumpit() checks args[0] to see if devlink_fmsg_dumpit() has already been called (whether this is the first msg), but doesn't use the exact value, so we can drop the local variable there already - devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() uses args[0] for address but we'll use args[1] now, shouldn't matter Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:22 -08:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: rename and reorder instances of struct devlink_cmd In order to maintain naming consistency, rename and reorder all usages of struct struct devlink_cmd in the following way: 1) Remove "gen" and replace it with "cmd" to match the struct name 2) Order devl_cmds[] and the header file to match the order of enum devlink_command 3) Move devl_cmd_rate_get among the peers 4) Remove "inst" for DEVLINK_CMD_GET 5) Add "_get" suffix to all to match DEVLINK_CMD_*_GET (only rate had it done correctly) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:13 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Pass extack when setting trap's action and group's parameters A later patch will refuse to set the action of certain traps in mlxsw and also to change the policer binding of certain groups. Pass extack so that failure could be communicated clearly to user space. Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-08-03 19:11:34 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
net: core: devlink: simplify the return expression of devlink_nl_cmd_trap_set_doit() Simplify the return expression. Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-12-08 20:10:46 +08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Only pass packet trap group identifier in trap structure Packet trap groups are now explicitly registered by drivers and not implicitly registered when the packet traps are registered. Therefore, there is no need to encode entire group structure the trap is associated with inside the trap structure. Instead, only pass the group identifier. Refer to it as initial group identifier, as future patches will allow user space to move traps between groups. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:30 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap group parameters support Packet trap groups are used to aggregate logically related packet traps. Currently, these groups allow user space to batch operations such as setting the trap action of all member traps. In order to prevent the CPU from being overwhelmed by too many trapped packets, it is desirable to bind a packet trap policer to these groups. For example, to limit all the packets that encountered an exception during routing to 10Kpps. Allow device drivers to bind default packet trap policers to packet trap groups when the latter are registered with devlink. The next patch will enable user space to change this default binding. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:21 +03:00
net: core: devlink: add dropped stats traps field Whenever query statistics is issued for trap, devlink subsystem would also fill-in statistics 'dropped' field. This field indicates the number of packets HW dropped and failed to report to the device driver, and thus - to the devlink subsystem itself. In case if device driver didn't register callback for hard drop statistics querying, 'dropped' field will be omitted and not filled. Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-14 16:01:12 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: use an explicit structure for dump context Create a dump context structure instead of using cb->args as an unsigned long array. This is a pure conversion which is intended to be as much of a noop as possible. Subsequent changes will use this to simplify the code. The two non-trivial parts are: - devlink_nl_cmd_health_reporter_dump_get_dumpit() checks args[0] to see if devlink_fmsg_dumpit() has already been called (whether this is the first msg), but doesn't use the exact value, so we can drop the local variable there already - devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() uses args[0] for address but we'll use args[1] now, shouldn't matter Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:22 -08:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: restart dump based on devlink instance ids (nested) Use xarray id for cases of simple sub-object iteration. We'll now use the state->instance for the devlink instances and state->idx for subobject index. Moving the definition of idx into the inner loop makes sense, so while at it also move other sub-object local variables into the loop. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:27 -08:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: rename and reorder instances of struct devlink_cmd In order to maintain naming consistency, rename and reorder all usages of struct struct devlink_cmd in the following way: 1) Remove "gen" and replace it with "cmd" to match the struct name 2) Order devl_cmds[] and the header file to match the order of enum devlink_command 3) Move devl_cmd_rate_get among the peers 4) Remove "inst" for DEVLINK_CMD_GET 5) Add "_get" suffix to all to match DEVLINK_CMD_*_GET (only rate had it done correctly) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:13 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: add .trap_group_action_set() callback Add a new devlink callback, .trap_group_action_set(), which can be used by device drivers which do not support controlling the action (drop, trap) on each trap but rather on the entire group trap. If this new callback is populated, it will take precedence over the .trap_action_set() callback when the user requests a change of all the traps in a group. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-01 18:11:46 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Only pass packet trap group identifier in trap structure Packet trap groups are now explicitly registered by drivers and not implicitly registered when the packet traps are registered. Therefore, there is no need to encode entire group structure the trap is associated with inside the trap structure. Instead, only pass the group identifier. Refer to it as initial group identifier, as future patches will allow user space to move traps between groups. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:30 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting of packet trap group parameters The previous patch allowed device drivers to publish their default binding between packet trap policers and packet trap groups. However, some users might not be content with this binding and would like to change it. In case user space passed a packet trap policer identifier when setting a packet trap group, invoke the appropriate device driver callback and pass the new policer identifier. v2: * Check for presence of 'DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_ID' in devlink_trap_group_set() and bail if not present * Add extack error message in case trap group was partially modified Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:22 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting of packet trap group parameters The previous patch allowed device drivers to publish their default binding between packet trap policers and packet trap groups. However, some users might not be content with this binding and would like to change it. In case user space passed a packet trap policer identifier when setting a packet trap group, invoke the appropriate device driver callback and pass the new policer identifier. v2: * Check for presence of 'DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_ID' in devlink_trap_group_set() and bail if not present * Add extack error message in case trap group was partially modified Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:22 +03:00
devlink: remove some unnecessary code This code checks if (attrs[DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_ID]) twice. Once at the start of the function and then a couple lines later. Delete the second check since that one must be true. Because the second condition is always true, it means the: policer_item = group_item->policer_item; assignment is immediately over-written. Delete that as well. Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/Y8EJz8oxpMhfiPUb@kili Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2023-01-13 10:35:43 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting of packet trap group parameters The previous patch allowed device drivers to publish their default binding between packet trap policers and packet trap groups. However, some users might not be content with this binding and would like to change it. In case user space passed a packet trap policer identifier when setting a packet trap group, invoke the appropriate device driver callback and pass the new policer identifier. v2: * Check for presence of 'DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_ID' in devlink_trap_group_set() and bail if not present * Add extack error message in case trap group was partially modified Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:22 +03:00
devlink: remove some unnecessary code This code checks if (attrs[DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_ID]) twice. Once at the start of the function and then a couple lines later. Delete the second check since that one must be true. Because the second condition is always true, it means the: policer_item = group_item->policer_item; assignment is immediately over-written. Delete that as well. Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/Y8EJz8oxpMhfiPUb@kili Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2023-01-13 10:35:43 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: remove some unnecessary code This code checks if (attrs[DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_ID]) twice. Once at the start of the function and then a couple lines later. Delete the second check since that one must be true. Because the second condition is always true, it means the: policer_item = group_item->policer_item; assignment is immediately over-written. Delete that as well. Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/Y8EJz8oxpMhfiPUb@kili Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2023-01-13 10:35:43 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting of packet trap group parameters The previous patch allowed device drivers to publish their default binding between packet trap policers and packet trap groups. However, some users might not be content with this binding and would like to change it. In case user space passed a packet trap policer identifier when setting a packet trap group, invoke the appropriate device driver callback and pass the new policer identifier. v2: * Check for presence of 'DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_ID' in devlink_trap_group_set() and bail if not present * Add extack error message in case trap group was partially modified Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:22 +03:00
devlink: Pass extack when setting trap's action and group's parameters A later patch will refuse to set the action of certain traps in mlxsw and also to change the policer binding of certain groups. Pass extack so that failure could be communicated clearly to user space. Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-08-03 19:11:34 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting of packet trap group parameters The previous patch allowed device drivers to publish their default binding between packet trap policers and packet trap groups. However, some users might not be content with this binding and would like to change it. In case user space passed a packet trap policer identifier when setting a packet trap group, invoke the appropriate device driver callback and pass the new policer identifier. v2: * Check for presence of 'DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_ID' in devlink_trap_group_set() and bail if not present * Add extack error message in case trap group was partially modified Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:22 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting of packet trap group parameters The previous patch allowed device drivers to publish their default binding between packet trap policers and packet trap groups. However, some users might not be content with this binding and would like to change it. In case user space passed a packet trap policer identifier when setting a packet trap group, invoke the appropriate device driver callback and pass the new policer identifier. v2: * Check for presence of 'DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_ID' in devlink_trap_group_set() and bail if not present * Add extack error message in case trap group was partially modified Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:22 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting of packet trap group parameters The previous patch allowed device drivers to publish their default binding between packet trap policers and packet trap groups. However, some users might not be content with this binding and would like to change it. In case user space passed a packet trap policer identifier when setting a packet trap group, invoke the appropriate device driver callback and pass the new policer identifier. v2: * Check for presence of 'DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_ID' in devlink_trap_group_set() and bail if not present * Add extack error message in case trap group was partially modified Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:22 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting of packet trap group parameters The previous patch allowed device drivers to publish their default binding between packet trap policers and packet trap groups. However, some users might not be content with this binding and would like to change it. In case user space passed a packet trap policer identifier when setting a packet trap group, invoke the appropriate device driver callback and pass the new policer identifier. v2: * Check for presence of 'DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_ID' in devlink_trap_group_set() and bail if not present * Add extack error message in case trap group was partially modified Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:22 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting of packet trap group parameters The previous patch allowed device drivers to publish their default binding between packet trap policers and packet trap groups. However, some users might not be content with this binding and would like to change it. In case user space passed a packet trap policer identifier when setting a packet trap group, invoke the appropriate device driver callback and pass the new policer identifier. v2: * Check for presence of 'DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_ID' in devlink_trap_group_set() and bail if not present * Add extack error message in case trap group was partially modified Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:22 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Allow setting of packet trap group parameters The previous patch allowed device drivers to publish their default binding between packet trap policers and packet trap groups. However, some users might not be content with this binding and would like to change it. In case user space passed a packet trap policer identifier when setting a packet trap group, invoke the appropriate device driver callback and pass the new policer identifier. v2: * Check for presence of 'DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_ID' in devlink_trap_group_set() and bail if not present * Add extack error message in case trap group was partially modified Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:22 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: use an explicit structure for dump context Create a dump context structure instead of using cb->args as an unsigned long array. This is a pure conversion which is intended to be as much of a noop as possible. Subsequent changes will use this to simplify the code. The two non-trivial parts are: - devlink_nl_cmd_health_reporter_dump_get_dumpit() checks args[0] to see if devlink_fmsg_dumpit() has already been called (whether this is the first msg), but doesn't use the exact value, so we can drop the local variable there already - devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() uses args[0] for address but we'll use args[1] now, shouldn't matter Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:22 -08:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: rename and reorder instances of struct devlink_cmd In order to maintain naming consistency, rename and reorder all usages of struct struct devlink_cmd in the following way: 1) Remove "gen" and replace it with "cmd" to match the struct name 2) Order devl_cmds[] and the header file to match the order of enum devlink_command 3) Move devl_cmd_rate_get among the peers 4) Remove "inst" for DEVLINK_CMD_GET 5) Add "_get" suffix to all to match DEVLINK_CMD_*_GET (only rate had it done correctly) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:13 +01:00
devlink: convert remaining dumps to the by-instance scheme Soon we'll have to check if a devlink instance is alive after locking it. Convert to the by-instance dumping scheme to make refactoring easier. Most of the subobject code no longer has to worry about any devlink locking / lifetime rules (the only ones that still do are the two subject types which stubbornly use their own locking). Both dump and do callbacks are given a devlink instance which is already locked and good-to-access (do from the .pre_doit handler, dump from the new dump indirection). Note that we'll now check presence of an op (e.g. for sb_pool_get) under the devlink instance lock, that will soon be necessary anyway, because we don't hold refs on the driver modules so the memory in which ops live may be gone for a dead instance, after upcoming locking changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:31 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD inserts the KBUILD_MODNAME and a ':' before the actual extended error message. The devlink feature hasn't been able to be compiled as a module since commit f4b6bcc7002f ("net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in"). Stop using NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD, and just use the base NL_SET_ERR_MSG. This aligns the extended error messages better with the NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR messages as well. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-09 14:20:45 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: split out netlink code Move out the netlink glue into a separate file. Leave the ops in the old file because we'd have to export a ton of functions. Going forward we should switch to split ops which will let us to put the new ops in the netlink.c file. Pure code move, no functional changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:20 -08:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to "dumpit" To have the name of the function consistent with the struct cb name, rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dumpit(). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:11 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to "dumpit" To have the name of the function consistent with the struct cb name, rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dumpit(). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:11 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to "dumpit" To have the name of the function consistent with the struct cb name, rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dumpit(). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:11 +01:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting tx rate for devlink rate leaf objects Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_SET command with new attributes DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_TX_{SHARE|MAX} that are used to set devlink rate shared/max tx rate values. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_leaf_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement rate control through devlink. New attributes are optional. Driver implementations are allowed to support either or both of them. Shared rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_share 10mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_share 10mbit Max rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_max 100mbit Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:22 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: pass devlink_port to port_split / port_unsplit callbacks Now that devlink ports are protected by the instance lock it seems natural to pass devlink_port as an argument to the port_split / port_unsplit callbacks. This should save the drivers from doing a lookup. In theory drivers may have supported unsplitting ports which were not registered prior to this change. Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:09 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: pass devlink_port to port_split / port_unsplit callbacks Now that devlink ports are protected by the instance lock it seems natural to pass devlink_port as an argument to the port_split / port_unsplit callbacks. This should save the drivers from doing a lookup. In theory drivers may have supported unsplitting ports which were not registered prior to this change. Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:09 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Support add and delete devlink port Extended devlink interface for the user to add and delete a port. Extend devlink to connect user requests to driver to add/delete a port in the device. Driver routines are invoked without holding devlink instance lock. This enables driver to perform several devlink objects registration, unregistration such as (port, health reporter, resource etc) by using existing devlink APIs. This also helps to uniformly use the code for port unregistration during driver unload and during port deletion initiated by user. Examples of add, show and delete commands: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ udevadm test-builtin net_id /sys/class/net/eth6 Load module index Parsed configuration file /usr/lib/systemd/network/99-default.link Created link configuration context. Using default interface naming scheme 'v245'. ID_NET_NAMING_SCHEME=v245 ID_NET_NAME_PATH=enp6s0f0npf0sf88 ID_NET_NAME_SLOT=ens2f0npf0sf88 Unload module index Unloaded link configuration context. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:14 -08:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to "dumpit" To have the name of the function consistent with the struct cb name, rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dumpit(). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:11 +01:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to "dumpit" To have the name of the function consistent with the struct cb name, rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dumpit(). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:11 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to "dumpit" To have the name of the function consistent with the struct cb name, rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dumpit(). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:11 +01:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to "dumpit" To have the name of the function consistent with the struct cb name, rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dumpit(). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:11 +01:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to "dumpit" To have the name of the function consistent with the struct cb name, rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dumpit(). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:11 +01:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: Always use user_ptr[0] for devlink and simplify post_doit Currently devlink instance is searched on all doit() operations. But it is optionally stored into user_ptr[0]. This requires rediscovering devlink again doing post_doit(). Few devlink commands related to port shared buffers needs 3 pointers (devlink, devlink_port, and devlink_sb) while executing doit commands. Though devlink pointer can be derived from the devlink_port during post_doit() operation when doit() callback has acquired devlink instance lock, relying on such scheme to access devlik pointer makes code very fragile. Hence, to avoid ambiguity in post_doit() and to avoid searching devlink instance again, simplify code by always storing devlink instance in user_ptr[0] and derive devlink_sb pointer in their respective callback routines. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-22 18:57:11 +03:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: fix the name of eswitch commands The eswitch_[gs]et command is supposed to be similar to port_[gs]et command - for multiple eswitch attributes. However, when it was introduced by 08f4b5918b2d ("net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control") it was wrongly named with the word "mode" in it. So fix this now, make the oririnal enum value existing but obsolete. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:33 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: fix the name of eswitch commands The eswitch_[gs]et command is supposed to be similar to port_[gs]et command - for multiple eswitch attributes. However, when it was introduced by 08f4b5918b2d ("net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control") it was wrongly named with the word "mode" in it. So fix this now, make the oririnal enum value existing but obsolete. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:33 +01:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: fix the name of eswitch commands The eswitch_[gs]et command is supposed to be similar to port_[gs]et command - for multiple eswitch attributes. However, when it was introduced by 08f4b5918b2d ("net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control") it was wrongly named with the word "mode" in it. So fix this now, make the oririnal enum value existing but obsolete. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:33 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: fix the name of eswitch commands The eswitch_[gs]et command is supposed to be similar to port_[gs]et command - for multiple eswitch attributes. However, when it was introduced by 08f4b5918b2d ("net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control") it was wrongly named with the word "mode" in it. So fix this now, make the oririnal enum value existing but obsolete. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 15:54:33 +01:00
net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Change dpipe/resource get privileges Let dpipe/resource be retrieved by unprivileged users. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-08 12:52:25 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Change dpipe/resource get privileges Let dpipe/resource be retrieved by unprivileged users. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-08 12:52:25 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Change dpipe/resource get privileges Let dpipe/resource be retrieved by unprivileged users. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-08 12:52:25 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Change dpipe/resource get privileges Let dpipe/resource be retrieved by unprivileged users. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-08 12:52:25 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Add support for reload Add support for performing driver hot reload. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:04 +01:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add support for reload Add support for performing driver hot reload. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:04 +01:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to "dumpit" To have the name of the function consistent with the struct cb name, rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dumpit(). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:11 +01:00
devlink: Add param get command Add param get command which gets data per parameter. Option to dump the parameters data per device. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:29 +03:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add port param get command Add port param get command which gets data per parameter. It also has option to dump the parameters data per port. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:21 +05:30
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add port param set command Add port param set command to set the value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. v7->v8: Append "Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>" Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:22 +05:30
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
devlink: rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to "dumpit" To have the name of the function consistent with the struct cb name, rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dumpit(). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:11 +01:00
devlink: Add support for region get command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_GET command which is used for querying for the supported DEV/REGION values of devlink devices. The support is both for doit and dumpit. Reply includes: BUS_NAME, DEVICE_NAME, REGION_NAME, REGION_SIZE Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:11 +03:00
devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: have genetlink code to parse the attrs during dumpit Benefit from the fact that the generic netlink code can parse the attrs for dumpit op and avoid need to parse it in the op callback. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-05 20:04:42 +02:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot read command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ_GET used for both reading and dumping region data. Read allows reading from a region specific address for given length. Dump allows reading the full region. If only snapshot ID is provided a snapshot dump will be done. If snapshot ID, Address and Length are provided a snapshot read will done. This is used for both snapshot access and will be used in the same way to access current data on the region. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:14 +03:00
devlink: add device information API ethtool -i has served us well for a long time, but its showing its limitations more and more. The device information should also be reported per device not per-netdev. Lay foundation for a simple devlink-based way of reading device info. Add driver name and device serial number as initial pieces of information exposed via this new API. v3: - rename helpers (Jiri); - rename driver name attr (Jiri); - remove double spacing in commit message (Jiri). RFC v2: - wrap the skb into an opaque structure (Jiri); - allow the serial number of be any length (Jiri & Andrew); - add driver name (Jonathan). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-31 10:50:40 -08:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add device information API ethtool -i has served us well for a long time, but its showing its limitations more and more. The device information should also be reported per device not per-netdev. Lay foundation for a simple devlink-based way of reading device info. Add driver name and device serial number as initial pieces of information exposed via this new API. v3: - rename helpers (Jiri); - rename driver name attr (Jiri); - remove double spacing in commit message (Jiri). RFC v2: - wrap the skb into an opaque structure (Jiri); - allow the serial number of be any length (Jiri & Andrew); - add driver name (Jonathan). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-31 10:50:40 -08:00
devlink: rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to "dumpit" To have the name of the function consistent with the struct cb name, rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dumpit(). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:11 +01:00
devlink: add device information API ethtool -i has served us well for a long time, but its showing its limitations more and more. The device information should also be reported per device not per-netdev. Lay foundation for a simple devlink-based way of reading device info. Add driver name and device serial number as initial pieces of information exposed via this new API. v3: - rename helpers (Jiri); - rename driver name attr (Jiri); - remove double spacing in commit message (Jiri). RFC v2: - wrap the skb into an opaque structure (Jiri); - allow the serial number of be any length (Jiri & Andrew); - add driver name (Jonathan). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-31 10:50:40 -08:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to "dumpit" To have the name of the function consistent with the struct cb name, rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dumpit(). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:11 +01:00
devlink: Hold the instance lock in health callbacks Let the core take the devlink instance lock around health callbacks and remove the now redundant locking in the drivers. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:50 +03:00
devlink: Add health get command Add devlink health get command to provide reporter/s data for user space. Add the ability to get data per reporter or dump data from all available reporters. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:35 +02:00
devlink: Add health set command Add devlink health set command, in order to set configuration parameters for a specific reporter. Supported parameters are: - graceful_period: Time interval between auto recoveries (in msec) - auto_recover: Determines if the devlink shall execute recover upon receiving error for the reporter Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:36 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add health set command Add devlink health set command, in order to set configuration parameters for a specific reporter. Supported parameters are: - graceful_period: Time interval between auto recoveries (in msec) - auto_recover: Determines if the devlink shall execute recover upon receiving error for the reporter Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:36 +02:00
devlink: Hold the instance lock in health callbacks Let the core take the devlink instance lock around health callbacks and remove the now redundant locking in the drivers. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:50 +03:00
devlink: Add health set command Add devlink health set command, in order to set configuration parameters for a specific reporter. Supported parameters are: - graceful_period: Time interval between auto recoveries (in msec) - auto_recover: Determines if the devlink shall execute recover upon receiving error for the reporter Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:36 +02:00
devlink: Add health recover command Add devlink health recover command to the uapi, in order to allow the user to execute a recover operation over a specific reporter. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:37 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add health recover command Add devlink health recover command to the uapi, in order to allow the user to execute a recover operation over a specific reporter. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:37 +02:00
devlink: Hold the instance lock in health callbacks Let the core take the devlink instance lock around health callbacks and remove the now redundant locking in the drivers. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:50 +03:00
devlink: Add health recover command Add devlink health recover command to the uapi, in order to allow the user to execute a recover operation over a specific reporter. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:37 +02:00
devlink: Add health diagnose command Add devlink health diagnose command, in order to run a diagnose operation over a specific reporter. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:38 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add health diagnose command Add devlink health diagnose command, in order to run a diagnose operation over a specific reporter. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:38 +02:00
devlink: Hold the instance lock in health callbacks Let the core take the devlink instance lock around health callbacks and remove the now redundant locking in the drivers. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:50 +03:00
devlink: Add health diagnose command Add devlink health diagnose command, in order to run a diagnose operation over a specific reporter. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:38 +02:00
devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands Add devlink health dump commands, in order to run an dump operation over a specific reporter. The supported operations are dump_get in order to get last saved dump (if not exist, dump now) and dump_clear to clear last saved dump. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:39 +02:00
net: devlink: fix reporter dump dumpit In order for attrs to be prepared for reporter dump dumpit callback, set GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP_STRICT instead of GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP. Fixes: ee85da535fe3 ("devlink: have genetlink code to parse the attrs during dumpit" Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-07 09:28:31 +02:00
devlink: Hang reporter's dump method on a dumpit cb The devlink health reporter provides a dump method on an error. Dump may contain a large amount of data, in this case doit cb isn't sufficient. This is because the user side is blocking and doesn't allow draining of the socket until the socket runs out of buffers. Using dumpit cb is the correct way to go. Please note that thankfully the dump op is not yet implemented in any driver and therefore this change is not breaking userspace. Fixes: 35455e23e6f3 ("devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-05-16 09:49:20 +03:00
devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands Add devlink health dump commands, in order to run an dump operation over a specific reporter. The supported operations are dump_get in order to get last saved dump (if not exist, dump now) and dump_clear to clear last saved dump. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:39 +02:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands Add devlink health dump commands, in order to run an dump operation over a specific reporter. The supported operations are dump_get in order to get last saved dump (if not exist, dump now) and dump_clear to clear last saved dump. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:39 +02:00
devlink: Hold the instance lock in health callbacks Let the core take the devlink instance lock around health callbacks and remove the now redundant locking in the drivers. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:50 +03:00
devlink: Add health dump {get,clear} commands Add devlink health dump commands, in order to run an dump operation over a specific reporter. The supported operations are dump_get in order to get last saved dump (if not exist, dump now) and dump_clear to clear last saved dump. It is expected from driver's callback for diagnose command to fill it via the devlink fmsg API. Devlink will parse it and convert it to netlink nla API in order to pass it to the user. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-07 11:36:39 +02:00
devlink: introduce the health reporter test command Introduce a test command for health reporters. User might use this command to trigger test event on a reporter if the reporter supports it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-15 11:40:57 +03:00
devlink: Hold the instance lock in health callbacks Let the core take the devlink instance lock around health callbacks and remove the now redundant locking in the drivers. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:50 +03:00
devlink: introduce the health reporter test command Introduce a test command for health reporters. User might use this command to trigger test event on a reporter if the reporter supports it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-15 11:40:57 +03:00
devlink: add flash update command Add devlink flash update command. Advanced NICs have firmware stored in flash and often cryptographically secured. Updating that flash is handled by management firmware. Ethtool has a flash update command which served us well, however, it has two shortcomings: - it takes rtnl_lock unnecessarily - really flash update has nothing to do with networking, so using a networking device as a handle is suboptimal, which leads us to the second one: - it requires a functioning netdev - in case device enters an error state and can't spawn a netdev (e.g. communication with the device fails) there is no netdev to use as a handle for flashing. Devlink already has the ability to report the firmware versions, now with the ability to update the firmware/flash we will be able to recover devices in bad state. To enable updates of sub-components of the FW allow passing component name. This name should correspond to one of the versions reported in devlink info. v1: - replace target id with component name (Jiri). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-14 13:40:44 -08:00
genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages, sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may be required, so add an option for that as well. Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands, set the options everwhere using the following spatch: @@ identifier ops; expression X; @@ struct genl_ops ops[] = { ..., { .cmd = X, + .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP, ... }, ... }; For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out' flags and thus get strict validation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 14:07:31 +02:00
devlink: add flash update command Add devlink flash update command. Advanced NICs have firmware stored in flash and often cryptographically secured. Updating that flash is handled by management firmware. Ethtool has a flash update command which served us well, however, it has two shortcomings: - it takes rtnl_lock unnecessarily - really flash update has nothing to do with networking, so using a networking device as a handle is suboptimal, which leads us to the second one: - it requires a functioning netdev - in case device enters an error state and can't spawn a netdev (e.g. communication with the device fails) there is no netdev to use as a handle for flashing. Devlink already has the ability to report the firmware versions, now with the ability to update the firmware/flash we will be able to recover devices in bad state. To enable updates of sub-components of the FW allow passing component name. This name should correspond to one of the versions reported in devlink info. v1: - replace target id with component name (Jiri). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-14 13:40:44 -08:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to "dumpit" To have the name of the function consistent with the struct cb name, rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dumpit(). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:11 +01:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to "dumpit" To have the name of the function consistent with the struct cb name, rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dumpit(). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:11 +01:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to "dumpit" To have the name of the function consistent with the struct cb name, rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dumpit(). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:11 +01:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
devlink: introduce framework for selftests Add a framework for running selftests. Framework exposes devlink commands and test suite(s) to the user to execute and query the supported tests by the driver. Below are new entries in devlink_nl_ops devlink_nl_cmd_selftests_show_doit/dumpit: To query the supported selftests by the drivers. devlink_nl_cmd_selftests_run: To execute selftests. Users can provide a test mask for executing group tests or standalone tests. Documentation/networking/devlink/ path is already part of MAINTAINERS & the new files come under this path. Hence no update needed to the MAINTAINERS Signed-off-by: Vikas Gupta <vikas.gupta@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-27 22:27:20 +05:30
devlink: rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to "dumpit" To have the name of the function consistent with the struct cb name, rename devlink_nl_instance_iter_dump() to devlink_nl_instance_iter_dumpit(). Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-31 10:06:11 +01:00
devlink: introduce framework for selftests Add a framework for running selftests. Framework exposes devlink commands and test suite(s) to the user to execute and query the supported tests by the driver. Below are new entries in devlink_nl_ops devlink_nl_cmd_selftests_show_doit/dumpit: To query the supported selftests by the drivers. devlink_nl_cmd_selftests_run: To execute selftests. Users can provide a test mask for executing group tests or standalone tests. Documentation/networking/devlink/ path is already part of MAINTAINERS & the new files come under this path. Hence no update needed to the MAINTAINERS Signed-off-by: Vikas Gupta <vikas.gupta@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-27 22:27:20 +05:30
devlink: split out netlink code Move out the netlink glue into a separate file. Leave the ops in the old file because we'd have to export a ton of functions. Going forward we should switch to split ops which will let us to put the new ops in the netlink.c file. Pure code move, no functional changes. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:20 -08:00
genetlink: statically initialize families Instead of providing macros/inline functions to initialize the families, make all users initialize them statically and get rid of the macros. This reduces the kernel code size by about 1.6k on x86-64 (with allyesconfig). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-24 14:40:03 +02:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
devlink: split out core code Move core code into a separate file. It's spread around the main file which makes refactoring and figuring out how devlink works harder. Move the xarray, all the most core devlink instance code out like locking, ref counting, alloc, register, etc. Leave port stuff in leftover.c, if we want to move port code it'd probably be to its own file. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:19 -08:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
devlink: Delete obsolete parameters publish API The change of devlink_register() to be last devlink command together with delayed notification logic made the publish API to be obsolete. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-10-21 17:16:13 +03:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: Add missed notifications iterators The commit mentioned in Fixes line missed a couple of notifications that were registered before devlink_register() and should be delayed too. As such, the too early placed WARN_ON() check spotted it. WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 6540 at net/core/devlink.c:5158 devlink_nl_region_notify+0x184/0x1e0 net/core/devlink.c:5158 Modules linked in: CPU: 1 PID: 6540 Comm: syz-executor.0 Not tainted 5.15.0-rc2-syzkaller #0 Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011 RIP: 0010:devlink_nl_region_notify+0x184/0x1e0 net/core/devlink.c:5158 Code: 38 41 b8 c0 0c 00 00 31 d2 48 89 ee 4c 89 e7 e8 72 1a 26 00 48 83 c4 08 5b 5d 41 5c 41 5d 41 5e e9 01 bd 41 fa e8 fc bc 41 fa <0f> 0b e9 f7 fe ff ff e8 f0 bc 41 fa 0f 0b eb da 4c 89 e7 e8 c4 18 RSP: 0018:ffffc90002d6f658 EFLAGS: 00010293 RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: 0000000000000000 RDX: ffff88801f08d580 RSI: ffffffff87344e94 RDI: 0000000000000003 RBP: ffff88801ee42100 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 0000000000000000 R10: ffffffff87344d8a R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffff88801c1dc000 R13: 0000000000000000 R14: 000000000000002c R15: ffff88801c1dc070 FS: 0000555555e8e400(0000) GS:ffff8880b9d00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 CR2: 000055dd7c590310 CR3: 0000000069a09000 CR4: 00000000003506e0 DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 Call Trace: devlink_region_create+0x39f/0x4c0 net/core/devlink.c:10327 nsim_dev_dummy_region_init drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:481 [inline] nsim_dev_probe+0x5f6/0x1150 drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:1479 call_driver_probe drivers/base/dd.c:517 [inline] really_probe+0x245/0xcc0 drivers/base/dd.c:596 __driver_probe_device+0x338/0x4d0 drivers/base/dd.c:751 driver_probe_device+0x4c/0x1a0 drivers/base/dd.c:781 __device_attach_driver+0x20b/0x2f0 drivers/base/dd.c:898 bus_for_each_drv+0x15f/0x1e0 drivers/base/bus.c:427 __device_attach+0x228/0x4a0 drivers/base/dd.c:969 bus_probe_device+0x1e4/0x290 drivers/base/bus.c:487 device_add+0xc35/0x21b0 drivers/base/core.c:3359 nsim_bus_dev_new drivers/net/netdevsim/bus.c:435 [inline] new_device_store+0x48b/0x770 drivers/net/netdevsim/bus.c:302 bus_attr_store+0x72/0xa0 drivers/base/bus.c:122 sysfs_kf_write+0x110/0x160 fs/sysfs/file.c:139 kernfs_fop_write_iter+0x342/0x500 fs/kernfs/file.c:296 call_write_iter include/linux/fs.h:2163 [inline] new_sync_write+0x429/0x660 fs/read_write.c:507 vfs_write+0x7cf/0xae0 fs/read_write.c:594 ksys_write+0x12d/0x250 fs/read_write.c:647 do_syscall_x64 arch/x86/entry/common.c:50 [inline] do_syscall_64+0x35/0xb0 arch/x86/entry/common.c:80 entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xae RIP: 0033:0x7f328409d3ef Code: 89 54 24 18 48 89 74 24 10 89 7c 24 08 e8 99 fd ff ff 48 8b 54 24 18 48 8b 74 24 10 41 89 c0 8b 7c 24 08 b8 01 00 00 00 0f 05 <48> 3d 00 f0 ff ff 77 31 44 89 c7 48 89 44 24 08 e8 cc fd ff ff 48 RSP: 002b:00007ffdc6851140 EFLAGS: 00000293 ORIG_RAX: 0000000000000001 RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 0000000000000003 RCX: 00007f328409d3ef RDX: 0000000000000003 RSI: 00007ffdc6851190 RDI: 0000000000000004 RBP: 0000000000000004 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 00007ffdc68510e0 R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000293 R12: 00007f3284144971 R13: 00007ffdc6851190 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: 00007ffdc6851860 Fixes: cf530217408e ("devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible") Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/2ed1159291f2a589b013914f2b60d8172fc525c1.1632925030.git.leonro@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-09-29 17:18:20 +03:00
net: devlink: convert port_list into xarray Some devlink instances may contain thousands of ports. Storing them in linked list and looking them up is not scalable. Convert the linked list into xarray. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-30 09:52:50 +01:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
net: devlink: convert port_list into xarray Some devlink instances may contain thousands of ports. Storing them in linked list and looking them up is not scalable. Convert the linked list into xarray. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-30 09:52:50 +01:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
devlink: Add missed notifications iterators The commit mentioned in Fixes line missed a couple of notifications that were registered before devlink_register() and should be delayed too. As such, the too early placed WARN_ON() check spotted it. WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 6540 at net/core/devlink.c:5158 devlink_nl_region_notify+0x184/0x1e0 net/core/devlink.c:5158 Modules linked in: CPU: 1 PID: 6540 Comm: syz-executor.0 Not tainted 5.15.0-rc2-syzkaller #0 Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011 RIP: 0010:devlink_nl_region_notify+0x184/0x1e0 net/core/devlink.c:5158 Code: 38 41 b8 c0 0c 00 00 31 d2 48 89 ee 4c 89 e7 e8 72 1a 26 00 48 83 c4 08 5b 5d 41 5c 41 5d 41 5e e9 01 bd 41 fa e8 fc bc 41 fa <0f> 0b e9 f7 fe ff ff e8 f0 bc 41 fa 0f 0b eb da 4c 89 e7 e8 c4 18 RSP: 0018:ffffc90002d6f658 EFLAGS: 00010293 RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: 0000000000000000 RDX: ffff88801f08d580 RSI: ffffffff87344e94 RDI: 0000000000000003 RBP: ffff88801ee42100 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 0000000000000000 R10: ffffffff87344d8a R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffff88801c1dc000 R13: 0000000000000000 R14: 000000000000002c R15: ffff88801c1dc070 FS: 0000555555e8e400(0000) GS:ffff8880b9d00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 CR2: 000055dd7c590310 CR3: 0000000069a09000 CR4: 00000000003506e0 DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 Call Trace: devlink_region_create+0x39f/0x4c0 net/core/devlink.c:10327 nsim_dev_dummy_region_init drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:481 [inline] nsim_dev_probe+0x5f6/0x1150 drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:1479 call_driver_probe drivers/base/dd.c:517 [inline] really_probe+0x245/0xcc0 drivers/base/dd.c:596 __driver_probe_device+0x338/0x4d0 drivers/base/dd.c:751 driver_probe_device+0x4c/0x1a0 drivers/base/dd.c:781 __device_attach_driver+0x20b/0x2f0 drivers/base/dd.c:898 bus_for_each_drv+0x15f/0x1e0 drivers/base/bus.c:427 __device_attach+0x228/0x4a0 drivers/base/dd.c:969 bus_probe_device+0x1e4/0x290 drivers/base/bus.c:487 device_add+0xc35/0x21b0 drivers/base/core.c:3359 nsim_bus_dev_new drivers/net/netdevsim/bus.c:435 [inline] new_device_store+0x48b/0x770 drivers/net/netdevsim/bus.c:302 bus_attr_store+0x72/0xa0 drivers/base/bus.c:122 sysfs_kf_write+0x110/0x160 fs/sysfs/file.c:139 kernfs_fop_write_iter+0x342/0x500 fs/kernfs/file.c:296 call_write_iter include/linux/fs.h:2163 [inline] new_sync_write+0x429/0x660 fs/read_write.c:507 vfs_write+0x7cf/0xae0 fs/read_write.c:594 ksys_write+0x12d/0x250 fs/read_write.c:647 do_syscall_x64 arch/x86/entry/common.c:50 [inline] do_syscall_64+0x35/0xb0 arch/x86/entry/common.c:80 entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xae RIP: 0033:0x7f328409d3ef Code: 89 54 24 18 48 89 74 24 10 89 7c 24 08 e8 99 fd ff ff 48 8b 54 24 18 48 8b 74 24 10 41 89 c0 8b 7c 24 08 b8 01 00 00 00 0f 05 <48> 3d 00 f0 ff ff 77 31 44 89 c7 48 89 44 24 08 e8 cc fd ff ff 48 RSP: 002b:00007ffdc6851140 EFLAGS: 00000293 ORIG_RAX: 0000000000000001 RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 0000000000000003 RCX: 00007f328409d3ef RDX: 0000000000000003 RSI: 00007ffdc6851190 RDI: 0000000000000004 RBP: 0000000000000004 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 00007ffdc68510e0 R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000293 R12: 00007f3284144971 R13: 00007ffdc6851190 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: 00007ffdc6851860 Fixes: cf530217408e ("devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible") Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/2ed1159291f2a589b013914f2b60d8172fc525c1.1632925030.git.leonro@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-09-29 17:18:20 +03:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Delete obsolete parameters publish API The change of devlink_register() to be last devlink command together with delayed notification logic made the publish API to be obsolete. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-10-21 17:16:13 +03:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
devlink: split out core code Move core code into a separate file. It's spread around the main file which makes refactoring and figuring out how devlink works harder. Move the xarray, all the most core devlink instance code out like locking, ref counting, alloc, register, etc. Leave port stuff in leftover.c, if we want to move port code it'd probably be to its own file. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:19 -08:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
devlink: Delete obsolete parameters publish API The change of devlink_register() to be last devlink command together with delayed notification logic made the publish API to be obsolete. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-10-21 17:16:13 +03:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
devlink: Add missed notifications iterators The commit mentioned in Fixes line missed a couple of notifications that were registered before devlink_register() and should be delayed too. As such, the too early placed WARN_ON() check spotted it. WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 6540 at net/core/devlink.c:5158 devlink_nl_region_notify+0x184/0x1e0 net/core/devlink.c:5158 Modules linked in: CPU: 1 PID: 6540 Comm: syz-executor.0 Not tainted 5.15.0-rc2-syzkaller #0 Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011 RIP: 0010:devlink_nl_region_notify+0x184/0x1e0 net/core/devlink.c:5158 Code: 38 41 b8 c0 0c 00 00 31 d2 48 89 ee 4c 89 e7 e8 72 1a 26 00 48 83 c4 08 5b 5d 41 5c 41 5d 41 5e e9 01 bd 41 fa e8 fc bc 41 fa <0f> 0b e9 f7 fe ff ff e8 f0 bc 41 fa 0f 0b eb da 4c 89 e7 e8 c4 18 RSP: 0018:ffffc90002d6f658 EFLAGS: 00010293 RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: 0000000000000000 RDX: ffff88801f08d580 RSI: ffffffff87344e94 RDI: 0000000000000003 RBP: ffff88801ee42100 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 0000000000000000 R10: ffffffff87344d8a R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffff88801c1dc000 R13: 0000000000000000 R14: 000000000000002c R15: ffff88801c1dc070 FS: 0000555555e8e400(0000) GS:ffff8880b9d00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 CR2: 000055dd7c590310 CR3: 0000000069a09000 CR4: 00000000003506e0 DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 Call Trace: devlink_region_create+0x39f/0x4c0 net/core/devlink.c:10327 nsim_dev_dummy_region_init drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:481 [inline] nsim_dev_probe+0x5f6/0x1150 drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:1479 call_driver_probe drivers/base/dd.c:517 [inline] really_probe+0x245/0xcc0 drivers/base/dd.c:596 __driver_probe_device+0x338/0x4d0 drivers/base/dd.c:751 driver_probe_device+0x4c/0x1a0 drivers/base/dd.c:781 __device_attach_driver+0x20b/0x2f0 drivers/base/dd.c:898 bus_for_each_drv+0x15f/0x1e0 drivers/base/bus.c:427 __device_attach+0x228/0x4a0 drivers/base/dd.c:969 bus_probe_device+0x1e4/0x290 drivers/base/bus.c:487 device_add+0xc35/0x21b0 drivers/base/core.c:3359 nsim_bus_dev_new drivers/net/netdevsim/bus.c:435 [inline] new_device_store+0x48b/0x770 drivers/net/netdevsim/bus.c:302 bus_attr_store+0x72/0xa0 drivers/base/bus.c:122 sysfs_kf_write+0x110/0x160 fs/sysfs/file.c:139 kernfs_fop_write_iter+0x342/0x500 fs/kernfs/file.c:296 call_write_iter include/linux/fs.h:2163 [inline] new_sync_write+0x429/0x660 fs/read_write.c:507 vfs_write+0x7cf/0xae0 fs/read_write.c:594 ksys_write+0x12d/0x250 fs/read_write.c:647 do_syscall_x64 arch/x86/entry/common.c:50 [inline] do_syscall_64+0x35/0xb0 arch/x86/entry/common.c:80 entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xae RIP: 0033:0x7f328409d3ef Code: 89 54 24 18 48 89 74 24 10 89 7c 24 08 e8 99 fd ff ff 48 8b 54 24 18 48 8b 74 24 10 41 89 c0 8b 7c 24 08 b8 01 00 00 00 0f 05 <48> 3d 00 f0 ff ff 77 31 44 89 c7 48 89 44 24 08 e8 cc fd ff ff 48 RSP: 002b:00007ffdc6851140 EFLAGS: 00000293 ORIG_RAX: 0000000000000001 RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 0000000000000003 RCX: 00007f328409d3ef RDX: 0000000000000003 RSI: 00007ffdc6851190 RDI: 0000000000000004 RBP: 0000000000000004 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 00007ffdc68510e0 R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000293 R12: 00007f3284144971 R13: 00007ffdc6851190 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: 00007ffdc6851860 Fixes: cf530217408e ("devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible") Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/2ed1159291f2a589b013914f2b60d8172fc525c1.1632925030.git.leonro@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-09-29 17:18:20 +03:00
net: devlink: convert port_list into xarray Some devlink instances may contain thousands of ports. Storing them in linked list and looking them up is not scalable. Convert the linked list into xarray. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-30 09:52:50 +01:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Delete obsolete parameters publish API The change of devlink_register() to be last devlink command together with delayed notification logic made the publish API to be obsolete. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-10-21 17:16:13 +03:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
devlink: Add missed notifications iterators The commit mentioned in Fixes line missed a couple of notifications that were registered before devlink_register() and should be delayed too. As such, the too early placed WARN_ON() check spotted it. WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 6540 at net/core/devlink.c:5158 devlink_nl_region_notify+0x184/0x1e0 net/core/devlink.c:5158 Modules linked in: CPU: 1 PID: 6540 Comm: syz-executor.0 Not tainted 5.15.0-rc2-syzkaller #0 Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011 RIP: 0010:devlink_nl_region_notify+0x184/0x1e0 net/core/devlink.c:5158 Code: 38 41 b8 c0 0c 00 00 31 d2 48 89 ee 4c 89 e7 e8 72 1a 26 00 48 83 c4 08 5b 5d 41 5c 41 5d 41 5e e9 01 bd 41 fa e8 fc bc 41 fa <0f> 0b e9 f7 fe ff ff e8 f0 bc 41 fa 0f 0b eb da 4c 89 e7 e8 c4 18 RSP: 0018:ffffc90002d6f658 EFLAGS: 00010293 RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: 0000000000000000 RDX: ffff88801f08d580 RSI: ffffffff87344e94 RDI: 0000000000000003 RBP: ffff88801ee42100 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 0000000000000000 R10: ffffffff87344d8a R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffff88801c1dc000 R13: 0000000000000000 R14: 000000000000002c R15: ffff88801c1dc070 FS: 0000555555e8e400(0000) GS:ffff8880b9d00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 CR2: 000055dd7c590310 CR3: 0000000069a09000 CR4: 00000000003506e0 DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 Call Trace: devlink_region_create+0x39f/0x4c0 net/core/devlink.c:10327 nsim_dev_dummy_region_init drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:481 [inline] nsim_dev_probe+0x5f6/0x1150 drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:1479 call_driver_probe drivers/base/dd.c:517 [inline] really_probe+0x245/0xcc0 drivers/base/dd.c:596 __driver_probe_device+0x338/0x4d0 drivers/base/dd.c:751 driver_probe_device+0x4c/0x1a0 drivers/base/dd.c:781 __device_attach_driver+0x20b/0x2f0 drivers/base/dd.c:898 bus_for_each_drv+0x15f/0x1e0 drivers/base/bus.c:427 __device_attach+0x228/0x4a0 drivers/base/dd.c:969 bus_probe_device+0x1e4/0x290 drivers/base/bus.c:487 device_add+0xc35/0x21b0 drivers/base/core.c:3359 nsim_bus_dev_new drivers/net/netdevsim/bus.c:435 [inline] new_device_store+0x48b/0x770 drivers/net/netdevsim/bus.c:302 bus_attr_store+0x72/0xa0 drivers/base/bus.c:122 sysfs_kf_write+0x110/0x160 fs/sysfs/file.c:139 kernfs_fop_write_iter+0x342/0x500 fs/kernfs/file.c:296 call_write_iter include/linux/fs.h:2163 [inline] new_sync_write+0x429/0x660 fs/read_write.c:507 vfs_write+0x7cf/0xae0 fs/read_write.c:594 ksys_write+0x12d/0x250 fs/read_write.c:647 do_syscall_x64 arch/x86/entry/common.c:50 [inline] do_syscall_64+0x35/0xb0 arch/x86/entry/common.c:80 entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xae RIP: 0033:0x7f328409d3ef Code: 89 54 24 18 48 89 74 24 10 89 7c 24 08 e8 99 fd ff ff 48 8b 54 24 18 48 8b 74 24 10 41 89 c0 8b 7c 24 08 b8 01 00 00 00 0f 05 <48> 3d 00 f0 ff ff 77 31 44 89 c7 48 89 44 24 08 e8 cc fd ff ff 48 RSP: 002b:00007ffdc6851140 EFLAGS: 00000293 ORIG_RAX: 0000000000000001 RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 0000000000000003 RCX: 00007f328409d3ef RDX: 0000000000000003 RSI: 00007ffdc6851190 RDI: 0000000000000004 RBP: 0000000000000004 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 00007ffdc68510e0 R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000293 R12: 00007f3284144971 R13: 00007ffdc6851190 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: 00007ffdc6851860 Fixes: cf530217408e ("devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible") Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/2ed1159291f2a589b013914f2b60d8172fc525c1.1632925030.git.leonro@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-09-29 17:18:20 +03:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
net: devlink: convert port_list into xarray Some devlink instances may contain thousands of ports. Storing them in linked list and looking them up is not scalable. Convert the linked list into xarray. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-30 09:52:50 +01:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
devlink: add warning in case driver does not set port type Prevent misbehavior of drivers who would not set port type for longer period of time. Drivers should always set port type. Do WARN if that happens. Note that it is perfectly fine to temporarily not have the type set, during initialization and port type change. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-23 10:43:35 +02:00
net: devlink: Add unused port flavour Not all ports of a switch need to be used, particularly in embedded systems. Add a port flavour for ports which physically exist in the switch, but are not connected to the front panel etc, and so are unused. By having unused ports present in devlink, it gives a more accurate representation of the hardware. It also allows regions to be associated to such ports, so allowing, for example, to determine unused ports are correctly powered off, or to compare probable reset defaults of unused ports to used ports experiences issues. Actually registering unused ports and setting the flavour to unused is optional. The DSA core will register all such switch ports, but such ports are expected to be limited in number. Bigger ASICs may decide not to list unused ports. v2: Expand the description about why it is useful Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:51 +02:00
devlink: add warning in case driver does not set port type Prevent misbehavior of drivers who would not set port type for longer period of time. Drivers should always set port type. Do WARN if that happens. Note that it is perfectly fine to temporarily not have the type set, during initialization and port type change. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-23 10:43:35 +02:00
devlink: Wait longer before warning about unset port type The commit cited below causes devlink to emit a warning if a type was not set on a devlink port for longer than 30 seconds to "prevent misbehavior of drivers". This proved to be problematic when unregistering the backing netdev. The flow is always: devlink_port_type_clear() // schedules the warning unregister_netdev() // blocking devlink_port_unregister() // cancels the warning The call to unregister_netdev() can block for long periods of time for various reasons: RTNL lock is contended, large amounts of configuration to unroll following dismantle of the netdev, etc. This results in devlink emitting a warning despite the driver behaving correctly. In emulated environments (of future hardware) which are usually very slow, the warning can also be emitted during port creation as more than 30 seconds can pass between the time the devlink port is registered and when its type is set. In addition, syzbot has hit this warning [1] 1974 times since 07/11/19 without being able to produce a reproducer. Probably because reproduction depends on the load or other bugs (e.g., RTNL not being released). To prevent bogus warnings, increase the timeout to 1 hour. [1] https://syzkaller.appspot.com/bug?id=e99b59e9c024a666c9f7450dc162a4b74d09d9cb Fixes: 136bf27fc0e9 ("devlink: add warning in case driver does not set port type") Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reported-by: syzbot+b0a18ed7b08b735d2f41@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Reported-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com> Tested-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-09 19:57:41 +02:00
devlink: add warning in case driver does not set port type Prevent misbehavior of drivers who would not set port type for longer period of time. Drivers should always set port type. Do WARN if that happens. Note that it is perfectly fine to temporarily not have the type set, during initialization and port type change. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-23 10:43:35 +02:00
net: devlink: add port_init/fini() helpers to allow pre-register/post-unregister functions Lifetime of some of the devlink objects, like regions, is currently forced to be different for devlink instance and devlink port instance (per-port regions). The reason is that for devlink ports, the internal structures initialization happens only after devlink_port_register() is called. To resolve this inconsistency, introduce new set of helpers to allow driver to initialize devlink pointer and region list before devlink_register() is called. That allows port regions to be created before devlink port registration and destroyed after devlink port unregistration. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:58 +02:00
net: devlink: fix unlocked vs locked functions descriptions To be unified with the rest of the code, the unlocked version (devl_*) of function should have the same description in documentation as the locked one. Add the missing documentation. Also, add "Context" annotation for the locked versions where it is missing. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:22 +02:00
devlink: expose instance locking and add locked port registering It should be familiar and beneficial to expose devlink instance lock to the drivers. This way drivers can block devlink from calling them during critical sections without breakneck locking. Add port helpers, port splitting callbacks will be the first target. Use 'devl_' prefix for "explicitly locked" API. Initial RFC used '__devlink' but that's too much typing. devl_lock_is_held() is not defined without lockdep, which is the same behavior as lockdep_is_held() itself. Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:04 -07:00
net: devlink: convert port_list into xarray Some devlink instances may contain thousands of ports. Storing them in linked list and looking them up is not scalable. Convert the linked list into xarray. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-30 09:52:50 +01:00
devlink: expose instance locking and add locked port registering It should be familiar and beneficial to expose devlink instance lock to the drivers. This way drivers can block devlink from calling them during critical sections without breakneck locking. Add port helpers, port splitting callbacks will be the first target. Use 'devl_' prefix for "explicitly locked" API. Initial RFC used '__devlink' but that's too much typing. devl_lock_is_held() is not defined without lockdep, which is the same behavior as lockdep_is_held() itself. Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:04 -07:00
net: devlink: convert port_list into xarray Some devlink instances may contain thousands of ports. Storing them in linked list and looking them up is not scalable. Convert the linked list into xarray. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-30 09:52:50 +01:00
devlink: expose instance locking and add locked port registering It should be familiar and beneficial to expose devlink instance lock to the drivers. This way drivers can block devlink from calling them during critical sections without breakneck locking. Add port helpers, port splitting callbacks will be the first target. Use 'devl_' prefix for "explicitly locked" API. Initial RFC used '__devlink' but that's too much typing. devl_lock_is_held() is not defined without lockdep, which is the same behavior as lockdep_is_held() itself. Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:04 -07:00
net: devlink: introduce port registered assert helper and use it Instead of checking devlink_port->devlink pointer for not being NULL which indicates that devlink port is registered, put this check to new pair of helpers similar to what we have for devlink and use them in other functions. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:56 +02:00
net: devlink: add port_init/fini() helpers to allow pre-register/post-unregister functions Lifetime of some of the devlink objects, like regions, is currently forced to be different for devlink instance and devlink port instance (per-port regions). The reason is that for devlink ports, the internal structures initialization happens only after devlink_port_register() is called. To resolve this inconsistency, introduce new set of helpers to allow driver to initialize devlink pointer and region list before devlink_register() is called. That allows port regions to be created before devlink port registration and destroyed after devlink port unregistration. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:58 +02:00
net: devlink: introduce a flag to indicate devlink port being registered Instead of relying on devlink pointer not being initialized, introduce an extra flag to indicate if devlink port is registered. This is needed as later on devlink pointer is going to be initialized even in case devlink port is not registered yet. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:57 +02:00
devlink: expose instance locking and add locked port registering It should be familiar and beneficial to expose devlink instance lock to the drivers. This way drivers can block devlink from calling them during critical sections without breakneck locking. Add port helpers, port splitting callbacks will be the first target. Use 'devl_' prefix for "explicitly locked" API. Initial RFC used '__devlink' but that's too much typing. devl_lock_is_held() is not defined without lockdep, which is the same behavior as lockdep_is_held() itself. Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:04 -07:00
net: devlink: convert port_list into xarray Some devlink instances may contain thousands of ports. Storing them in linked list and looking them up is not scalable. Convert the linked list into xarray. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-30 09:52:50 +01:00
devlink: remove reporters_lock Similar to other devlink objects, rely on devlink instance lock and remove object specific reporters_lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:09 +01:00
net: devlink: convert port_list into xarray Some devlink instances may contain thousands of ports. Storing them in linked list and looking them up is not scalable. Convert the linked list into xarray. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-30 09:52:50 +01:00
devlink: expose instance locking and add locked port registering It should be familiar and beneficial to expose devlink instance lock to the drivers. This way drivers can block devlink from calling them during critical sections without breakneck locking. Add port helpers, port splitting callbacks will be the first target. Use 'devl_' prefix for "explicitly locked" API. Initial RFC used '__devlink' but that's too much typing. devl_lock_is_held() is not defined without lockdep, which is the same behavior as lockdep_is_held() itself. Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:04 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: fix kdoc devlink suffers from a few kdoc warnings: net/core/devlink.c:5292: warning: Function parameter or member 'dev' not described in 'devlink_register' net/core/devlink.c:5351: warning: Function parameter or member 'port_index' not described in 'devlink_port_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Function parameter or member 'parent_resource_id' not described in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Function parameter or member 'size_params' not described in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'top_hierarchy' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'reload_required' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'parent_reosurce_id' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:6451: warning: Function parameter or member 'region' not described in 'devlink_region_snapshot_create' net/core/devlink.c:6451: warning: Excess function parameter 'devlink_region' description in 'devlink_region_snapshot_create' Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-27 11:36:36 -08:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: fix unlocked vs locked functions descriptions To be unified with the rest of the code, the unlocked version (devl_*) of function should have the same description in documentation as the locked one. Add the missing documentation. Also, add "Context" annotation for the locked versions where it is missing. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:22 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: expose instance locking and add locked port registering It should be familiar and beneficial to expose devlink instance lock to the drivers. This way drivers can block devlink from calling them during critical sections without breakneck locking. Add port helpers, port splitting callbacks will be the first target. Use 'devl_' prefix for "explicitly locked" API. Initial RFC used '__devlink' but that's too much typing. devl_lock_is_held() is not defined without lockdep, which is the same behavior as lockdep_is_held() itself. Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:04 -07:00
devlink: Remove duplicated registration check Both registered flag and devlink pointer are set at the same time and indicate the same thing - devlink/devlink_port are ready. Instead of checking ->registered use devlink pointer as an indication. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-07-28 10:33:47 +03:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
devlink: expose instance locking and add locked port registering It should be familiar and beneficial to expose devlink instance lock to the drivers. This way drivers can block devlink from calling them during critical sections without breakneck locking. Add port helpers, port splitting callbacks will be the first target. Use 'devl_' prefix for "explicitly locked" API. Initial RFC used '__devlink' but that's too much typing. devl_lock_is_held() is not defined without lockdep, which is the same behavior as lockdep_is_held() itself. Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:04 -07:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
devlink: expose instance locking and add locked port registering It should be familiar and beneficial to expose devlink instance lock to the drivers. This way drivers can block devlink from calling them during critical sections without breakneck locking. Add port helpers, port splitting callbacks will be the first target. Use 'devl_' prefix for "explicitly locked" API. Initial RFC used '__devlink' but that's too much typing. devl_lock_is_held() is not defined without lockdep, which is the same behavior as lockdep_is_held() itself. Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:04 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: fix unlocked vs locked functions descriptions To be unified with the rest of the code, the unlocked version (devl_*) of function should have the same description in documentation as the locked one. Add the missing documentation. Also, add "Context" annotation for the locked versions where it is missing. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:22 +02:00
devlink: expose instance locking and add locked port registering It should be familiar and beneficial to expose devlink instance lock to the drivers. This way drivers can block devlink from calling them during critical sections without breakneck locking. Add port helpers, port splitting callbacks will be the first target. Use 'devl_' prefix for "explicitly locked" API. Initial RFC used '__devlink' but that's too much typing. devl_lock_is_held() is not defined without lockdep, which is the same behavior as lockdep_is_held() itself. Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:04 -07:00
net: devlink: add not cleared type warning to port unregister By the time port unregister is called. There should be no type set. Make sure that the driver cleared it before and warn in case it didn't. This enforces symmetricity with type set and port register. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:08 +01:00
devlink: expose instance locking and add locked port registering It should be familiar and beneficial to expose devlink instance lock to the drivers. This way drivers can block devlink from calling them during critical sections without breakneck locking. Add port helpers, port splitting callbacks will be the first target. Use 'devl_' prefix for "explicitly locked" API. Initial RFC used '__devlink' but that's too much typing. devl_lock_is_held() is not defined without lockdep, which is the same behavior as lockdep_is_held() itself. Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:04 -07:00
net: devlink: convert port_list into xarray Some devlink instances may contain thousands of ports. Storing them in linked list and looking them up is not scalable. Convert the linked list into xarray. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-30 09:52:50 +01:00
devlink: expose instance locking and add locked port registering It should be familiar and beneficial to expose devlink instance lock to the drivers. This way drivers can block devlink from calling them during critical sections without breakneck locking. Add port helpers, port splitting callbacks will be the first target. Use 'devl_' prefix for "explicitly locked" API. Initial RFC used '__devlink' but that's too much typing. devl_lock_is_held() is not defined without lockdep, which is the same behavior as lockdep_is_held() itself. Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:04 -07:00
net: devlink: introduce a flag to indicate devlink port being registered Instead of relying on devlink pointer not being initialized, introduce an extra flag to indicate if devlink port is registered. This is needed as later on devlink pointer is going to be initialized even in case devlink port is not registered yet. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:57 +02:00
devlink: expose instance locking and add locked port registering It should be familiar and beneficial to expose devlink instance lock to the drivers. This way drivers can block devlink from calling them during critical sections without breakneck locking. Add port helpers, port splitting callbacks will be the first target. Use 'devl_' prefix for "explicitly locked" API. Initial RFC used '__devlink' but that's too much typing. devl_lock_is_held() is not defined without lockdep, which is the same behavior as lockdep_is_held() itself. Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:04 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: fix unlocked vs locked functions descriptions To be unified with the rest of the code, the unlocked version (devl_*) of function should have the same description in documentation as the locked one. Add the missing documentation. Also, add "Context" annotation for the locked versions where it is missing. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:22 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Add per devlink instance lock This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support. Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access, and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/ resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can be discarded. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:02 +01:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
devlink: expose instance locking and add locked port registering It should be familiar and beneficial to expose devlink instance lock to the drivers. This way drivers can block devlink from calling them during critical sections without breakneck locking. Add port helpers, port splitting callbacks will be the first target. Use 'devl_' prefix for "explicitly locked" API. Initial RFC used '__devlink' but that's too much typing. devl_lock_is_held() is not defined without lockdep, which is the same behavior as lockdep_is_held() itself. Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-14 23:00:04 -07:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: don't crash if netdev is NULL Following change will add support for a corner case where we may not have a netdev to pass to devlink_port_type_eth_set() but we still want to set port type. This is definitely a corner case, and drivers should not normally pass NULL netdev - print a warning message when this happens. Sadly for other port types (ib) switches don't have a device reference, the way we always do for Ethernet, so we can't put the warning in __devlink_port_type_set(). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 15:21:13 -07:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: add warning for ndo_get_port_parent_id set when not needed Currently if the driver registers devlink port instance, he should set the devlink port attributes as well. Then the devlink core is able to obtain switch id itself, no need for driver to implement the ndo. Once all drivers will implement devlink port registration, this ndo should be removed. This warning guides new drivers to do things as they should be done. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-03 14:24:27 +02:00
net: devlink: add warning for ndo_get_phys_port_name set when not needed Currently if the driver registers devlink port instance, it should set the devlink port attributes as well. Then the devlink core is able to obtain physical port name itself, no need for driver to implement the ndo. Once all drivers will implement devlink port registration, this ndo should be removed. This warning guides new drivers to do things as they should be done. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 13:56:46 +01:00
net: devlink: add warning for ndo_get_port_parent_id set when not needed Currently if the driver registers devlink port instance, he should set the devlink port attributes as well. Then the devlink core is able to obtain switch id itself, no need for driver to implement the ndo. Once all drivers will implement devlink port registration, this ndo should be removed. This warning guides new drivers to do things as they should be done. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-03 14:24:27 +02:00
net: devlink: add warning for ndo_get_phys_port_name set when not needed Currently if the driver registers devlink port instance, it should set the devlink port attributes as well. Then the devlink core is able to obtain physical port name itself, no need for driver to implement the ndo. Once all drivers will implement devlink port registration, this ndo should be removed. This warning guides new drivers to do things as they should be done. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 13:56:46 +01:00
net: devlink: add warning for ndo_get_port_parent_id set when not needed Currently if the driver registers devlink port instance, he should set the devlink port attributes as well. Then the devlink core is able to obtain switch id itself, no need for driver to implement the ndo. Once all drivers will implement devlink port registration, this ndo should be removed. This warning guides new drivers to do things as they should be done. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-03 14:24:27 +02:00
devlink: don't crash if netdev is NULL Following change will add support for a corner case where we may not have a netdev to pass to devlink_port_type_eth_set() but we still want to set port type. This is definitely a corner case, and drivers should not normally pass NULL netdev - print a warning message when this happens. Sadly for other port types (ib) switches don't have a device reference, the way we always do for Ethernet, so we can't put the warning in __devlink_port_type_set(). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 15:21:13 -07:00
net: devlink: move port_type_netdev_checks() call to __devlink_port_type_set() As __devlink_port_type_set() is going to be called directly from netdevice notifier event handle in one of the follow-up patches, move the port_type_netdev_checks() call there. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:01 +01:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
net: devlink: move port_type_netdev_checks() call to __devlink_port_type_set() As __devlink_port_type_set() is going to be called directly from netdevice notifier event handle in one of the follow-up patches, move the port_type_netdev_checks() call there. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:01 +01:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
net: devlink: move port_type_netdev_checks() call to __devlink_port_type_set() As __devlink_port_type_set() is going to be called directly from netdevice notifier event handle in one of the follow-up patches, move the port_type_netdev_checks() call there. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:01 +01:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
net: devlink: move port_type_netdev_checks() call to __devlink_port_type_set() As __devlink_port_type_set() is going to be called directly from netdevice notifier event handle in one of the follow-up patches, move the port_type_netdev_checks() call there. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:01 +01:00
devlink: don't crash if netdev is NULL Following change will add support for a corner case where we may not have a netdev to pass to devlink_port_type_eth_set() but we still want to set port type. This is definitely a corner case, and drivers should not normally pass NULL netdev - print a warning message when this happens. Sadly for other port types (ib) switches don't have a device reference, the way we always do for Ethernet, so we can't put the warning in __devlink_port_type_set(). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 15:21:13 -07:00
net: devlink: remove netdev arg from devlink_port_type_eth_set() Since devlink_port_type_eth_set() should no longer be called by any driver with netdev pointer as it should rather use SET_NETDEV_DEVLINK_PORT, remove the netdev arg. Add a warn to type_clear() Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:05 +01:00
devlink: don't crash if netdev is NULL Following change will add support for a corner case where we may not have a netdev to pass to devlink_port_type_eth_set() but we still want to set port type. This is definitely a corner case, and drivers should not normally pass NULL netdev - print a warning message when this happens. Sadly for other port types (ib) switches don't have a device reference, the way we always do for Ethernet, so we can't put the warning in __devlink_port_type_set(). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 15:21:13 -07:00
net: devlink: remove netdev arg from devlink_port_type_eth_set() Since devlink_port_type_eth_set() should no longer be called by any driver with netdev pointer as it should rather use SET_NETDEV_DEVLINK_PORT, remove the netdev arg. Add a warn to type_clear() Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:05 +01:00
devlink: don't crash if netdev is NULL Following change will add support for a corner case where we may not have a netdev to pass to devlink_port_type_eth_set() but we still want to set port type. This is definitely a corner case, and drivers should not normally pass NULL netdev - print a warning message when this happens. Sadly for other port types (ib) switches don't have a device reference, the way we always do for Ethernet, so we can't put the warning in __devlink_port_type_set(). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 15:21:13 -07:00
net: devlink: remove netdev arg from devlink_port_type_eth_set() Since devlink_port_type_eth_set() should no longer be called by any driver with netdev pointer as it should rather use SET_NETDEV_DEVLINK_PORT, remove the netdev arg. Add a warn to type_clear() Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:05 +01:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: remove netdev arg from devlink_port_type_eth_set() Since devlink_port_type_eth_set() should no longer be called by any driver with netdev pointer as it should rather use SET_NETDEV_DEVLINK_PORT, remove the netdev arg. Add a warn to type_clear() Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:05 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
net: devlink: remove netdev arg from devlink_port_type_eth_set() Since devlink_port_type_eth_set() should no longer be called by any driver with netdev pointer as it should rather use SET_NETDEV_DEVLINK_PORT, remove the netdev arg. Add a warn to type_clear() Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:05 +01:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: split out core code Move core code into a separate file. It's spread around the main file which makes refactoring and figuring out how devlink works harder. Move the xarray, all the most core devlink instance code out like locking, ref counting, alloc, register, etc. Leave port stuff in leftover.c, if we want to move port code it'd probably be to its own file. Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-04 20:05:19 -08:00
net: devlink: track netdev with devlink_port assigned Currently, ethernet drivers are using devlink_port_type_eth_set() and devlink_port_type_clear() to set devlink port type and link to related netdev. Instead of calling them directly, let the driver use SET_NETDEV_DEVLINK_PORT macro to assign devlink_port pointer and let devlink to track it. Note the devlink port pointer is static during the time netdevice is registered. In devlink code, use per-namespace netdev notifier to track the netdevices with devlink_port assigned and change the internal devlink_port type and related type pointer accordingly. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:03 +01:00
devlink: change per-devlink netdev notifier to static one The commit 565b4824c39f ("devlink: change port event netdev notifier from per-net to global") changed original per-net notifier to be per-devlink instance. That fixed the issue of non-receiving events of netdev uninit if that moved to a different namespace. That worked fine in -net tree. However, later on when commit ee75f1fc44dd ("net/mlx5e: Create separate devlink instance for ethernet auxiliary device") and commit 72ed5d5624af ("net/mlx5: Suspend auxiliary devices only in case of PCI device suspend") were merged, a deadlock was introduced when removing a namespace with devlink instance with another nested instance. Here there is the bad flow example resulting in deadlock with mlx5: net_cleanup_work -> cleanup_net (takes down_read(&pernet_ops_rwsem) -> devlink_pernet_pre_exit() -> devlink_reload() -> mlx5_devlink_reload_down() -> mlx5_unload_one_devl_locked() -> mlx5_detach_device() -> del_adev() -> mlx5e_remove() -> mlx5e_destroy_devlink() -> devlink_free() -> unregister_netdevice_notifier() (takes down_write(&pernet_ops_rwsem) Steps to reproduce: $ modprobe mlx5_core $ ip netns add ns1 $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:08:00.0 netns ns1 $ ip netns del ns1 Resolve this by converting the notifier from per-devlink instance to a static one registered during init phase and leaving it registered forever. Use this notifier for all devlink port instances created later on. Note what a tree needs this fix only in case all of the cited fixes commits are present. Reported-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Fixes: 565b4824c39f ("devlink: change port event netdev notifier from per-net to global") Fixes: ee75f1fc44dd ("net/mlx5e: Create separate devlink instance for ethernet auxiliary device") Fixes: 72ed5d5624af ("net/mlx5: Suspend auxiliary devices only in case of PCI device suspend") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230510144621.932017-1-jiri@resnulli.us Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-05-10 16:46:21 +02:00
net: devlink: track netdev with devlink_port assigned Currently, ethernet drivers are using devlink_port_type_eth_set() and devlink_port_type_clear() to set devlink port type and link to related netdev. Instead of calling them directly, let the driver use SET_NETDEV_DEVLINK_PORT macro to assign devlink_port pointer and let devlink to track it. Note the devlink port pointer is static during the time netdevice is registered. In devlink code, use per-namespace netdev notifier to track the netdevices with devlink_port assigned and change the internal devlink_port type and related type pointer accordingly. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:03 +01:00
devlink: change per-devlink netdev notifier to static one The commit 565b4824c39f ("devlink: change port event netdev notifier from per-net to global") changed original per-net notifier to be per-devlink instance. That fixed the issue of non-receiving events of netdev uninit if that moved to a different namespace. That worked fine in -net tree. However, later on when commit ee75f1fc44dd ("net/mlx5e: Create separate devlink instance for ethernet auxiliary device") and commit 72ed5d5624af ("net/mlx5: Suspend auxiliary devices only in case of PCI device suspend") were merged, a deadlock was introduced when removing a namespace with devlink instance with another nested instance. Here there is the bad flow example resulting in deadlock with mlx5: net_cleanup_work -> cleanup_net (takes down_read(&pernet_ops_rwsem) -> devlink_pernet_pre_exit() -> devlink_reload() -> mlx5_devlink_reload_down() -> mlx5_unload_one_devl_locked() -> mlx5_detach_device() -> del_adev() -> mlx5e_remove() -> mlx5e_destroy_devlink() -> devlink_free() -> unregister_netdevice_notifier() (takes down_write(&pernet_ops_rwsem) Steps to reproduce: $ modprobe mlx5_core $ ip netns add ns1 $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:08:00.0 netns ns1 $ ip netns del ns1 Resolve this by converting the notifier from per-devlink instance to a static one registered during init phase and leaving it registered forever. Use this notifier for all devlink port instances created later on. Note what a tree needs this fix only in case all of the cited fixes commits are present. Reported-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Fixes: 565b4824c39f ("devlink: change port event netdev notifier from per-net to global") Fixes: ee75f1fc44dd ("net/mlx5e: Create separate devlink instance for ethernet auxiliary device") Fixes: 72ed5d5624af ("net/mlx5: Suspend auxiliary devices only in case of PCI device suspend") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230510144621.932017-1-jiri@resnulli.us Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-05-10 16:46:21 +02:00
net: devlink: track netdev with devlink_port assigned Currently, ethernet drivers are using devlink_port_type_eth_set() and devlink_port_type_clear() to set devlink port type and link to related netdev. Instead of calling them directly, let the driver use SET_NETDEV_DEVLINK_PORT macro to assign devlink_port pointer and let devlink to track it. Note the devlink port pointer is static during the time netdevice is registered. In devlink code, use per-namespace netdev notifier to track the netdevices with devlink_port assigned and change the internal devlink_port type and related type pointer accordingly. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:03 +01:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
net: devlink: track netdev with devlink_port assigned Currently, ethernet drivers are using devlink_port_type_eth_set() and devlink_port_type_clear() to set devlink port type and link to related netdev. Instead of calling them directly, let the driver use SET_NETDEV_DEVLINK_PORT macro to assign devlink_port pointer and let devlink to track it. Note the devlink port pointer is static during the time netdevice is registered. In devlink code, use per-namespace netdev notifier to track the netdevices with devlink_port assigned and change the internal devlink_port type and related type pointer accordingly. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:03 +01:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
devlink: change port event netdev notifier from per-net to global Currently only the network namespace of devlink instance is monitored for port events. If netdev is moved to a different namespace and then unregistered, NETDEV_PRE_UNINIT is missed which leads to trigger following WARN_ON in devl_port_unregister(). WARN_ON(devlink_port->type != DEVLINK_PORT_TYPE_NOTSET); Fix this by changing the netdev notifier from per-net to global so no event is missed. Fixes: 02a68a47eade ("net: devlink: track netdev with devlink_port assigned") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230206094151.2557264-1-jiri@resnulli.us Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2023-02-06 10:41:51 +01:00
net: devlink: track netdev with devlink_port assigned Currently, ethernet drivers are using devlink_port_type_eth_set() and devlink_port_type_clear() to set devlink port type and link to related netdev. Instead of calling them directly, let the driver use SET_NETDEV_DEVLINK_PORT macro to assign devlink_port pointer and let devlink to track it. Note the devlink port pointer is static during the time netdevice is registered. In devlink code, use per-namespace netdev notifier to track the netdevices with devlink_port assigned and change the internal devlink_port type and related type pointer accordingly. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:03 +01:00
devlink: Fix warning when unregistering a port When a devlink port is unregistered, its type is expected to be unset or otherwise a WARNING is generated [1]. This was supposed to be handled by cited commit by clearing the type upon 'NETDEV_PRE_UNINIT'. The assumption was that no other events can be generated for the netdev after this event, but this proved to be wrong. After the event is generated, netdev_wait_allrefs_any() will rebroadcast a 'NETDEV_UNREGISTER' until the netdev's reference count drops to 1. This causes devlink to set the port type back to Ethernet. Fix by only setting and clearing the port type upon 'NETDEV_POST_INIT' and 'NETDEV_PRE_UNINIT', respectively. For all other events, preserve the port type. [1] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 11 at net/core/devlink.c:9998 devl_port_unregister+0x2f6/0x390 net/core/devlink.c:9998 Modules linked in: CPU: 1 PID: 11 Comm: kworker/u4:1 Not tainted 6.1.0-rc3-next-20221107-syzkaller #0 Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 10/26/2022 Workqueue: netns cleanup_net RIP: 0010:devl_port_unregister+0x2f6/0x390 net/core/devlink.c:9998 [...] Call Trace: <TASK> __nsim_dev_port_del+0x1bb/0x240 drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:1433 nsim_dev_port_del_all drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:1443 [inline] nsim_dev_reload_destroy+0x171/0x510 drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:1660 nsim_dev_reload_down+0x6b/0xd0 drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:968 devlink_reload+0x1c2/0x6b0 net/core/devlink.c:4501 devlink_pernet_pre_exit+0x104/0x1c0 net/core/devlink.c:12609 ops_pre_exit_list net/core/net_namespace.c:159 [inline] cleanup_net+0x451/0xb10 net/core/net_namespace.c:594 process_one_work+0x9bf/0x1710 kernel/workqueue.c:2289 worker_thread+0x665/0x1080 kernel/workqueue.c:2436 kthread+0x2e4/0x3a0 kernel/kthread.c:376 ret_from_fork+0x1f/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:308 </TASK> Fixes: 02a68a47eade ("net: devlink: track netdev with devlink_port assigned") Reported-by: syzbot+85e47e1a08b3e159b159@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Reported-by: syzbot+c2ca18f0fccdd1f09c66@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221110085150.520800-1-idosch@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-10 10:51:50 +02:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
net: devlink: track netdev with devlink_port assigned Currently, ethernet drivers are using devlink_port_type_eth_set() and devlink_port_type_clear() to set devlink port type and link to related netdev. Instead of calling them directly, let the driver use SET_NETDEV_DEVLINK_PORT macro to assign devlink_port pointer and let devlink to track it. Note the devlink port pointer is static during the time netdevice is registered. In devlink code, use per-namespace netdev notifier to track the netdevices with devlink_port assigned and change the internal devlink_port type and related type pointer accordingly. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:03 +01:00
devlink: change port event netdev notifier from per-net to global Currently only the network namespace of devlink instance is monitored for port events. If netdev is moved to a different namespace and then unregistered, NETDEV_PRE_UNINIT is missed which leads to trigger following WARN_ON in devl_port_unregister(). WARN_ON(devlink_port->type != DEVLINK_PORT_TYPE_NOTSET); Fix this by changing the netdev notifier from per-net to global so no event is missed. Fixes: 02a68a47eade ("net: devlink: track netdev with devlink_port assigned") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230206094151.2557264-1-jiri@resnulli.us Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2023-02-06 10:41:51 +01:00
net: devlink: track netdev with devlink_port assigned Currently, ethernet drivers are using devlink_port_type_eth_set() and devlink_port_type_clear() to set devlink port type and link to related netdev. Instead of calling them directly, let the driver use SET_NETDEV_DEVLINK_PORT macro to assign devlink_port pointer and let devlink to track it. Note the devlink port pointer is static during the time netdevice is registered. In devlink code, use per-namespace netdev notifier to track the netdevices with devlink_port assigned and change the internal devlink_port type and related type pointer accordingly. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:03 +01:00
devlink: Fix warning when unregistering a port When a devlink port is unregistered, its type is expected to be unset or otherwise a WARNING is generated [1]. This was supposed to be handled by cited commit by clearing the type upon 'NETDEV_PRE_UNINIT'. The assumption was that no other events can be generated for the netdev after this event, but this proved to be wrong. After the event is generated, netdev_wait_allrefs_any() will rebroadcast a 'NETDEV_UNREGISTER' until the netdev's reference count drops to 1. This causes devlink to set the port type back to Ethernet. Fix by only setting and clearing the port type upon 'NETDEV_POST_INIT' and 'NETDEV_PRE_UNINIT', respectively. For all other events, preserve the port type. [1] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 11 at net/core/devlink.c:9998 devl_port_unregister+0x2f6/0x390 net/core/devlink.c:9998 Modules linked in: CPU: 1 PID: 11 Comm: kworker/u4:1 Not tainted 6.1.0-rc3-next-20221107-syzkaller #0 Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 10/26/2022 Workqueue: netns cleanup_net RIP: 0010:devl_port_unregister+0x2f6/0x390 net/core/devlink.c:9998 [...] Call Trace: <TASK> __nsim_dev_port_del+0x1bb/0x240 drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:1433 nsim_dev_port_del_all drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:1443 [inline] nsim_dev_reload_destroy+0x171/0x510 drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:1660 nsim_dev_reload_down+0x6b/0xd0 drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.c:968 devlink_reload+0x1c2/0x6b0 net/core/devlink.c:4501 devlink_pernet_pre_exit+0x104/0x1c0 net/core/devlink.c:12609 ops_pre_exit_list net/core/net_namespace.c:159 [inline] cleanup_net+0x451/0xb10 net/core/net_namespace.c:594 process_one_work+0x9bf/0x1710 kernel/workqueue.c:2289 worker_thread+0x665/0x1080 kernel/workqueue.c:2436 kthread+0x2e4/0x3a0 kernel/kthread.c:376 ret_from_fork+0x1f/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:308 </TASK> Fixes: 02a68a47eade ("net: devlink: track netdev with devlink_port assigned") Reported-by: syzbot+85e47e1a08b3e159b159@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Reported-by: syzbot+c2ca18f0fccdd1f09c66@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221110085150.520800-1-idosch@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-10 10:51:50 +02:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
net: devlink: track netdev with devlink_port assigned Currently, ethernet drivers are using devlink_port_type_eth_set() and devlink_port_type_clear() to set devlink port type and link to related netdev. Instead of calling them directly, let the driver use SET_NETDEV_DEVLINK_PORT macro to assign devlink_port pointer and let devlink to track it. Note the devlink port pointer is static during the time netdevice is registered. In devlink code, use per-namespace netdev notifier to track the netdevices with devlink_port assigned and change the internal devlink_port type and related type pointer accordingly. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:03 +01:00
net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00
net: devlink: track netdev with devlink_port assigned Currently, ethernet drivers are using devlink_port_type_eth_set() and devlink_port_type_clear() to set devlink port type and link to related netdev. Instead of calling them directly, let the driver use SET_NETDEV_DEVLINK_PORT macro to assign devlink_port pointer and let devlink to track it. Note the devlink port pointer is static during the time netdevice is registered. In devlink code, use per-namespace netdev notifier to track the netdevices with devlink_port assigned and change the internal devlink_port type and related type pointer accordingly. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:03 +01:00
devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00
devlink: Replace devlink_port_attrs_set parameters with a struct Currently, devlink_port_attrs_set accepts a long list of parameters, that most of them are devlink port's attributes. Use the devlink_port_attrs struct to replace the relevant parameters. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:16 +03:00
devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00
devlink: Move set attribute of devlink_port_attrs to devlink_port The struct devlink_port_attrs holds the attributes of devlink_port. The 'set' field is not devlink_port's attribute as opposed to most of the others. Move 'set' to be devlink_port's field called 'attrs_set'. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:14 +03:00
devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00
devlink: Replace devlink_port_attrs_set parameters with a struct Currently, devlink_port_attrs_set accepts a long list of parameters, that most of them are devlink port's attributes. Use the devlink_port_attrs struct to replace the relevant parameters. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:16 +03:00
devlink: Move switch_port attribute of devlink_port_attrs to devlink_port The struct devlink_port_attrs holds the attributes of devlink_port. Similarly to the previous patch, 'switch_port' attribute is another exception. Move 'switch_port' to be devlink_port's field. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:15 +03:00
devlink: Replace devlink_port_attrs_set parameters with a struct Currently, devlink_port_attrs_set accepts a long list of parameters, that most of them are devlink port's attributes. Use the devlink_port_attrs struct to replace the relevant parameters. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:16 +03:00
devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00
devlink: Move switch_port attribute of devlink_port_attrs to devlink_port The struct devlink_port_attrs holds the attributes of devlink_port. Similarly to the previous patch, 'switch_port' attribute is another exception. Move 'switch_port' to be devlink_port's field. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:15 +03:00
devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Replace devlink_port_attrs_set parameters with a struct Currently, devlink_port_attrs_set accepts a long list of parameters, that most of them are devlink port's attributes. Use the devlink_port_attrs struct to replace the relevant parameters. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:16 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
devlink: Replace devlink_port_attrs_set parameters with a struct Currently, devlink_port_attrs_set accepts a long list of parameters, that most of them are devlink port's attributes. Use the devlink_port_attrs struct to replace the relevant parameters. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:16 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
net: devlink: introduce port registered assert helper and use it Instead of checking devlink_port->devlink pointer for not being NULL which indicates that devlink port is registered, put this check to new pair of helpers similar to what we have for devlink and use them in other functions. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:56 +02:00
devlink: Replace devlink_port_attrs_set parameters with a struct Currently, devlink_port_attrs_set accepts a long list of parameters, that most of them are devlink port's attributes. Use the devlink_port_attrs struct to replace the relevant parameters. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:16 +03:00
devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00
net: devlink: disallow port_attrs_set() to be called before register Since the port attributes are static and cannot change during the port lifetime, WARN_ON if some driver calls it after registration. Also, no need to call notifications as it is noop anyway due to check of devlink_port->registered there. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-24 11:14:33 +01:00
devlink: Add a new devlink port split ability attribute and pass to netlink Add a new attribute that indicates the split ability of devlink port. Drivers are expected to set it via devlink_port_attrs_set(), before registering the port. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:20 +03:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00
Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00
devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00
devlink: Introduce controller number A devlink port may be for a controller consist of PCI device. A devlink instance holds ports of two types of controllers. (1) controller discovered on same system where eswitch resides This is the case where PCI PF/VF of a controller and devlink eswitch instance both are located on a single system. (2) controller located on external host system. This is the case where a controller is located in one system and its devlink eswitch ports are located in a different system. When a devlink eswitch instance serves the devlink ports of both controllers together, PCI PF/VF numbers may overlap. Due to this a unique phys_port_name cannot be constructed. For example in below such system controller-0 and controller-1, each has PCI PF pf0 whose eswitch ports can be present in controller-0. These results in phys_port_name as "pf0" for both. Similar problem exists for VFs and upcoming Sub functions. An example view of two controller systems: --------------------------------------------------------- | | | --------- --------- ------- ------- | ----------- | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | | server | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | | pci rc |=== | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | | connect | | ------- ------- | ----------- | | controller_num=1 (no eswitch) | ------|-------------------------------------------------- (internal wire) | --------------------------------------------------------- | devlink eswitch ports and reps | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | |ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 |ctrl-0 | | | |pf0 | pf0vfN | pf0sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf1sfN | | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | |ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 |ctrl-1 | | | |pf1 | pf1vfN | pf1sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf0sfN | | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | | | | | --------- --------- ------- ------- | | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | | | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | | ------- ------- | | | | local controller_num=0 (eswitch) | --------------------------------------------------------- An example devlink port for external controller with controller number = 1 for a VF 1 of PF 0: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf controller 1 pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "controller": 1, "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:37 +03:00
devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00
devlink: Introduce external controller flag A devlink eswitch port may represent PCI PF/VF ports of a controller. A controller either located on same system or it can be an external controller located in host where such NIC is plugged in. Add the ability for driver to specify if a port is for external controller. Use such flag in the mlx5_core driver. An example of an external controller having VF1 of PF0 belong to controller 1. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:36 +03:00
devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00
devlink: Introduce controller number A devlink port may be for a controller consist of PCI device. A devlink instance holds ports of two types of controllers. (1) controller discovered on same system where eswitch resides This is the case where PCI PF/VF of a controller and devlink eswitch instance both are located on a single system. (2) controller located on external host system. This is the case where a controller is located in one system and its devlink eswitch ports are located in a different system. When a devlink eswitch instance serves the devlink ports of both controllers together, PCI PF/VF numbers may overlap. Due to this a unique phys_port_name cannot be constructed. For example in below such system controller-0 and controller-1, each has PCI PF pf0 whose eswitch ports can be present in controller-0. These results in phys_port_name as "pf0" for both. Similar problem exists for VFs and upcoming Sub functions. An example view of two controller systems: --------------------------------------------------------- | | | --------- --------- ------- ------- | ----------- | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | | server | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | | pci rc |=== | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | | connect | | ------- ------- | ----------- | | controller_num=1 (no eswitch) | ------|-------------------------------------------------- (internal wire) | --------------------------------------------------------- | devlink eswitch ports and reps | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | |ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 |ctrl-0 | | | |pf0 | pf0vfN | pf0sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf1sfN | | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | |ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 |ctrl-1 | | | |pf1 | pf1vfN | pf1sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf0sfN | | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | | | | | --------- --------- ------- ------- | | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | | | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | | ------- ------- | | | | local controller_num=0 (eswitch) | --------------------------------------------------------- An example devlink port for external controller with controller number = 1 for a VF 1 of PF 0: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf controller 1 pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "controller": 1, "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:37 +03:00
devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00
net: devlink: introduce port registered assert helper and use it Instead of checking devlink_port->devlink pointer for not being NULL which indicates that devlink port is registered, put this check to new pair of helpers similar to what we have for devlink and use them in other functions. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:56 +02:00
devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00
devlink: Replace devlink_port_attrs_set parameters with a struct Currently, devlink_port_attrs_set accepts a long list of parameters, that most of them are devlink port's attributes. Use the devlink_port_attrs struct to replace the relevant parameters. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:16 +03:00
devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00
devlink: Introduce controller number A devlink port may be for a controller consist of PCI device. A devlink instance holds ports of two types of controllers. (1) controller discovered on same system where eswitch resides This is the case where PCI PF/VF of a controller and devlink eswitch instance both are located on a single system. (2) controller located on external host system. This is the case where a controller is located in one system and its devlink eswitch ports are located in a different system. When a devlink eswitch instance serves the devlink ports of both controllers together, PCI PF/VF numbers may overlap. Due to this a unique phys_port_name cannot be constructed. For example in below such system controller-0 and controller-1, each has PCI PF pf0 whose eswitch ports can be present in controller-0. These results in phys_port_name as "pf0" for both. Similar problem exists for VFs and upcoming Sub functions. An example view of two controller systems: --------------------------------------------------------- | | | --------- --------- ------- ------- | ----------- | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | | server | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | | pci rc |=== | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | | connect | | ------- ------- | ----------- | | controller_num=1 (no eswitch) | ------|-------------------------------------------------- (internal wire) | --------------------------------------------------------- | devlink eswitch ports and reps | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | |ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 |ctrl-0 | | | |pf0 | pf0vfN | pf0sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf1sfN | | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | |ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 |ctrl-1 | | | |pf1 | pf1vfN | pf1sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf0sfN | | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | | | | | --------- --------- ------- ------- | | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | | | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | | ------- ------- | | | | local controller_num=0 (eswitch) | --------------------------------------------------------- An example devlink port for external controller with controller number = 1 for a VF 1 of PF 0: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf controller 1 pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "controller": 1, "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:37 +03:00
devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00
devlink: Introduce external controller flag A devlink eswitch port may represent PCI PF/VF ports of a controller. A controller either located on same system or it can be an external controller located in host where such NIC is plugged in. Add the ability for driver to specify if a port is for external controller. Use such flag in the mlx5_core driver. An example of an external controller having VF1 of PF0 belong to controller 1. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:36 +03:00
devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00
devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00
devlink: Introduce controller number A devlink port may be for a controller consist of PCI device. A devlink instance holds ports of two types of controllers. (1) controller discovered on same system where eswitch resides This is the case where PCI PF/VF of a controller and devlink eswitch instance both are located on a single system. (2) controller located on external host system. This is the case where a controller is located in one system and its devlink eswitch ports are located in a different system. When a devlink eswitch instance serves the devlink ports of both controllers together, PCI PF/VF numbers may overlap. Due to this a unique phys_port_name cannot be constructed. For example in below such system controller-0 and controller-1, each has PCI PF pf0 whose eswitch ports can be present in controller-0. These results in phys_port_name as "pf0" for both. Similar problem exists for VFs and upcoming Sub functions. An example view of two controller systems: --------------------------------------------------------- | | | --------- --------- ------- ------- | ----------- | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | | server | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | | pci rc |=== | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | | connect | | ------- ------- | ----------- | | controller_num=1 (no eswitch) | ------|-------------------------------------------------- (internal wire) | --------------------------------------------------------- | devlink eswitch ports and reps | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | |ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 |ctrl-0 | | | |pf0 | pf0vfN | pf0sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf1sfN | | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | |ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 |ctrl-1 | | | |pf1 | pf1vfN | pf1sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf0sfN | | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | | | | | --------- --------- ------- ------- | | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | | | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | | ------- ------- | | | | local controller_num=0 (eswitch) | --------------------------------------------------------- An example devlink port for external controller with controller number = 1 for a VF 1 of PF 0: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf controller 1 pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "controller": 1, "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:37 +03:00
devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00
devlink: Introduce external controller flag A devlink eswitch port may represent PCI PF/VF ports of a controller. A controller either located on same system or it can be an external controller located in host where such NIC is plugged in. Add the ability for driver to specify if a port is for external controller. Use such flag in the mlx5_core driver. An example of an external controller having VF1 of PF0 belong to controller 1. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:36 +03:00
devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00
devlink: Introduce controller number A devlink port may be for a controller consist of PCI device. A devlink instance holds ports of two types of controllers. (1) controller discovered on same system where eswitch resides This is the case where PCI PF/VF of a controller and devlink eswitch instance both are located on a single system. (2) controller located on external host system. This is the case where a controller is located in one system and its devlink eswitch ports are located in a different system. When a devlink eswitch instance serves the devlink ports of both controllers together, PCI PF/VF numbers may overlap. Due to this a unique phys_port_name cannot be constructed. For example in below such system controller-0 and controller-1, each has PCI PF pf0 whose eswitch ports can be present in controller-0. These results in phys_port_name as "pf0" for both. Similar problem exists for VFs and upcoming Sub functions. An example view of two controller systems: --------------------------------------------------------- | | | --------- --------- ------- ------- | ----------- | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | | server | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | | pci rc |=== | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | | connect | | ------- ------- | ----------- | | controller_num=1 (no eswitch) | ------|-------------------------------------------------- (internal wire) | --------------------------------------------------------- | devlink eswitch ports and reps | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | |ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 |ctrl-0 | | | |pf0 | pf0vfN | pf0sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf1sfN | | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | |ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 |ctrl-1 | | | |pf1 | pf1vfN | pf1sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf0sfN | | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | | | | | --------- --------- ------- ------- | | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | | | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | | ------- ------- | | | | local controller_num=0 (eswitch) | --------------------------------------------------------- An example devlink port for external controller with controller number = 1 for a VF 1 of PF 0: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf controller 1 pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "controller": 1, "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:37 +03:00
devlink: Introduce external controller flag A devlink eswitch port may represent PCI PF/VF ports of a controller. A controller either located on same system or it can be an external controller located in host where such NIC is plugged in. Add the ability for driver to specify if a port is for external controller. Use such flag in the mlx5_core driver. An example of an external controller having VF1 of PF0 belong to controller 1. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:36 +03:00
devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00
net: devlink: introduce port registered assert helper and use it Instead of checking devlink_port->devlink pointer for not being NULL which indicates that devlink port is registered, put this check to new pair of helpers similar to what we have for devlink and use them in other functions. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:56 +02:00
devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00
devlink: Replace devlink_port_attrs_set parameters with a struct Currently, devlink_port_attrs_set accepts a long list of parameters, that most of them are devlink port's attributes. Use the devlink_port_attrs struct to replace the relevant parameters. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:16 +03:00
devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00
devlink: Introduce controller number A devlink port may be for a controller consist of PCI device. A devlink instance holds ports of two types of controllers. (1) controller discovered on same system where eswitch resides This is the case where PCI PF/VF of a controller and devlink eswitch instance both are located on a single system. (2) controller located on external host system. This is the case where a controller is located in one system and its devlink eswitch ports are located in a different system. When a devlink eswitch instance serves the devlink ports of both controllers together, PCI PF/VF numbers may overlap. Due to this a unique phys_port_name cannot be constructed. For example in below such system controller-0 and controller-1, each has PCI PF pf0 whose eswitch ports can be present in controller-0. These results in phys_port_name as "pf0" for both. Similar problem exists for VFs and upcoming Sub functions. An example view of two controller systems: --------------------------------------------------------- | | | --------- --------- ------- ------- | ----------- | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | | server | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | | pci rc |=== | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | | connect | | ------- ------- | ----------- | | controller_num=1 (no eswitch) | ------|-------------------------------------------------- (internal wire) | --------------------------------------------------------- | devlink eswitch ports and reps | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | |ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 |ctrl-0 | | | |pf0 | pf0vfN | pf0sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf1sfN | | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | |ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 |ctrl-1 | | | |pf1 | pf1vfN | pf1sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf0sfN | | | ----------------------------------------------------- | | | | | | --------- --------- ------- ------- | | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | | | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | | ------- ------- | | | | local controller_num=0 (eswitch) | --------------------------------------------------------- An example devlink port for external controller with controller number = 1 for a VF 1 of PF 0: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf controller 1 pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "controller": 1, "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:37 +03:00
devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00
devlink: Introduce external controller flag A devlink eswitch port may represent PCI PF/VF ports of a controller. A controller either located on same system or it can be an external controller located in host where such NIC is plugged in. Add the ability for driver to specify if a port is for external controller. Use such flag in the mlx5_core driver. An example of an external controller having VF1 of PF0 belong to controller 1. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:36 +03:00
devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00
devlink: Introduce PCI SF port flavour and port attribute A PCI sub-function (SF) represents a portion of the device similar to PCI VF. In an eswitch, PCI SF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with SF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI SF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI SF, fill up PCI SF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and SF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. This is done as cApfNSfM, where A, N and M are controller, PCI PF and PCI SF number respectively. This is similar to existing naming for PCI PF and PCI VF ports. An example view of a PCI SF port: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate attached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:13 -08:00
devlink: Extend SF port attributes to have external attribute Extended SF port attributes to have optional external flag similar to PCI PF and VF port attributes. External atttibute is required to generate unique phys_port_name when PF number and SF number are overlapping between two controllers similar to SR-IOV VFs. When a SF is for external controller an example view of external SF port and config sequence. On eswitch system: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0033:01:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0033:01:00.0/196607: type eth netdev enP51p1s0f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false pci/0033:01:00.0/131072: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf controller 1 pfnum 0 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port add pci/0033:01:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 77 controller 1 pci/0033:01:00.0/163840: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcisf controller 1 pfnum 0 sfnum 77 splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached phys_port_name construction: $ cat /sys/class/net/eth1/phys_port_name c1pf0sf77 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2021-03-10 15:35:03 +02:00
devlink: Introduce PCI SF port flavour and port attribute A PCI sub-function (SF) represents a portion of the device similar to PCI VF. In an eswitch, PCI SF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with SF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI SF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI SF, fill up PCI SF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and SF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. This is done as cApfNSfM, where A, N and M are controller, PCI PF and PCI SF number respectively. This is similar to existing naming for PCI PF and PCI VF ports. An example view of a PCI SF port: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate attached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:13 -08:00
devlink: Extend SF port attributes to have external attribute Extended SF port attributes to have optional external flag similar to PCI PF and VF port attributes. External atttibute is required to generate unique phys_port_name when PF number and SF number are overlapping between two controllers similar to SR-IOV VFs. When a SF is for external controller an example view of external SF port and config sequence. On eswitch system: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0033:01:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0033:01:00.0/196607: type eth netdev enP51p1s0f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false pci/0033:01:00.0/131072: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf controller 1 pfnum 0 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port add pci/0033:01:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 77 controller 1 pci/0033:01:00.0/163840: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcisf controller 1 pfnum 0 sfnum 77 splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached phys_port_name construction: $ cat /sys/class/net/eth1/phys_port_name c1pf0sf77 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2021-03-10 15:35:03 +02:00
devlink: Introduce PCI SF port flavour and port attribute A PCI sub-function (SF) represents a portion of the device similar to PCI VF. In an eswitch, PCI SF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with SF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI SF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI SF, fill up PCI SF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and SF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. This is done as cApfNSfM, where A, N and M are controller, PCI PF and PCI SF number respectively. This is similar to existing naming for PCI PF and PCI VF ports. An example view of a PCI SF port: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate attached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:13 -08:00
net: devlink: introduce port registered assert helper and use it Instead of checking devlink_port->devlink pointer for not being NULL which indicates that devlink port is registered, put this check to new pair of helpers similar to what we have for devlink and use them in other functions. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:56 +02:00
devlink: Introduce PCI SF port flavour and port attribute A PCI sub-function (SF) represents a portion of the device similar to PCI VF. In an eswitch, PCI SF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with SF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI SF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI SF, fill up PCI SF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and SF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. This is done as cApfNSfM, where A, N and M are controller, PCI PF and PCI SF number respectively. This is similar to existing naming for PCI PF and PCI VF ports. An example view of a PCI SF port: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate attached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:13 -08:00
devlink: Extend SF port attributes to have external attribute Extended SF port attributes to have optional external flag similar to PCI PF and VF port attributes. External atttibute is required to generate unique phys_port_name when PF number and SF number are overlapping between two controllers similar to SR-IOV VFs. When a SF is for external controller an example view of external SF port and config sequence. On eswitch system: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0033:01:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0033:01:00.0/196607: type eth netdev enP51p1s0f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false pci/0033:01:00.0/131072: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf controller 1 pfnum 0 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port add pci/0033:01:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 77 controller 1 pci/0033:01:00.0/163840: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcisf controller 1 pfnum 0 sfnum 77 splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached phys_port_name construction: $ cat /sys/class/net/eth1/phys_port_name c1pf0sf77 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2021-03-10 15:35:03 +02:00
devlink: Introduce PCI SF port flavour and port attribute A PCI sub-function (SF) represents a portion of the device similar to PCI VF. In an eswitch, PCI SF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with SF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI SF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI SF, fill up PCI SF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and SF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. This is done as cApfNSfM, where A, N and M are controller, PCI PF and PCI SF number respectively. This is similar to existing naming for PCI PF and PCI VF ports. An example view of a PCI SF port: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate attached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:13 -08:00
devlink: Enable creation of the devlink-rate nodes from the driver Intel 100G card internal firmware hierarchy for Hierarchicial QoS is very rigid and can't be easily removed. This requires an ability to export default hierarchy to allow user to modify it. Currently the driver is only able to create the 'leaf' nodes, which usually represent the vport. This is not enough for HQoS implemented in Intel hardware. Introduce new function devl_rate_node_create() that allows for creation of the devlink-rate nodes from the driver. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:17 +01:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: add explicitly locked flavor of the rate node APIs We'll need an explicitly locked rate node API for netdevsim to switch eswitch mode setting to locked. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-18 12:23:41 -07:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Allow to set up parent in devl_rate_leaf_create() Currently the driver is able to create leaf nodes for the devlink-rate, but is unable to set parent for them. This wasn't as issue before the possibility to export hierarchy from the driver. After adding the export feature, in order for the driver to supply correct hierarchy, it's necessary for it to be able to supply a parent name to devl_rate_leaf_create(). Introduce a new parameter 'parent_name' in devl_rate_leaf_create(). Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:19 +01:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Allow to set up parent in devl_rate_leaf_create() Currently the driver is able to create leaf nodes for the devlink-rate, but is unable to set parent for them. This wasn't as issue before the possibility to export hierarchy from the driver. After adding the export feature, in order for the driver to supply correct hierarchy, it's necessary for it to be able to supply a parent name to devl_rate_leaf_create(). Introduce a new parameter 'parent_name' in devl_rate_leaf_create(). Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:19 +01:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: add explicitly locked flavor of the rate node APIs We'll need an explicitly locked rate node API for netdevsim to switch eswitch mode setting to locked. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-18 12:23:41 -07:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: Allow to set up parent in devl_rate_leaf_create() Currently the driver is able to create leaf nodes for the devlink-rate, but is unable to set parent for them. This wasn't as issue before the possibility to export hierarchy from the driver. After adding the export feature, in order for the driver to supply correct hierarchy, it's necessary for it to be able to supply a parent name to devl_rate_leaf_create(). Introduce a new parameter 'parent_name' in devl_rate_leaf_create(). Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-15 11:48:19 +01:00
devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00
devlink: add explicitly locked flavor of the rate node APIs We'll need an explicitly locked rate node API for netdevsim to switch eswitch mode setting to locked. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-18 12:23:41 -07:00
devlink: Remove unused functions devlink_rate_leaf_create/destroy The previous patch removed the last usage of the functions devlink_rate_leaf_create() and devlink_rate_nodes_destroy(). Thus, remove these function from devlink API. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-07-11 01:14:05 -07:00
devlink: add explicitly locked flavor of the rate node APIs We'll need an explicitly locked rate node API for netdevsim to switch eswitch mode setting to locked. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-18 12:23:41 -07:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: add explicitly locked flavor of the rate node APIs We'll need an explicitly locked rate node API for netdevsim to switch eswitch mode setting to locked. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-18 12:23:41 -07:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: add explicitly locked flavor of the rate node APIs We'll need an explicitly locked rate node API for netdevsim to switch eswitch mode setting to locked. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-18 12:23:41 -07:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: add explicitly locked flavor of the rate node APIs We'll need an explicitly locked rate node API for netdevsim to switch eswitch mode setting to locked. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-18 12:23:41 -07:00
devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00
devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00
devlink: add explicitly locked flavor of the rate node APIs We'll need an explicitly locked rate node API for netdevsim to switch eswitch mode setting to locked. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-18 12:23:41 -07:00
devlink: add port to line card relationship set In order to properly inform user about relationship between port and line card, introduce a driver API to set line card for a port. Use this information to extend port devlink netlink message by line card index and also include the line card index into phys_port_name and by that into a netdevice name. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:28 +03:00
net: devlink: introduce port registered assert helper and use it Instead of checking devlink_port->devlink pointer for not being NULL which indicates that devlink port is registered, put this check to new pair of helpers similar to what we have for devlink and use them in other functions. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:56 +02:00
devlink: add port to line card relationship set In order to properly inform user about relationship between port and line card, introduce a driver API to set line card for a port. Use this information to extend port devlink netlink message by line card index and also include the line card index into phys_port_name and by that into a netdevice name. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:28 +03:00
net: devlink: introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() Introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() helper that gets the physical port name for specified netdevice according to devlink port attributes. Call this helper from dev_get_phys_port_name() in case ndo_get_phys_port_name is not defined. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 13:56:37 +01:00
devlink: introduce a helper to generate physical port names Each driver implements physical port name generation by itself. However as devlink has all needed info, it can easily do the job for all its users. So implement this helper in devlink. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:02 +02:00
devlink: Move set attribute of devlink_port_attrs to devlink_port The struct devlink_port_attrs holds the attributes of devlink_port. The 'set' field is not devlink_port's attribute as opposed to most of the others. Move 'set' to be devlink_port's field called 'attrs_set'. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:14 +03:00
devlink: introduce a helper to generate physical port names Each driver implements physical port name generation by itself. However as devlink has all needed info, it can easily do the job for all its users. So implement this helper in devlink. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:02 +02:00
devlink: add port to line card relationship set In order to properly inform user about relationship between port and line card, introduce a driver API to set line card for a port. Use this information to extend port devlink netlink message by line card index and also include the line card index into phys_port_name and by that into a netdevice name. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:28 +03:00
devlink: append split port number to the port name Instead of doing sprintf twice in case the port is split or not, append the split port suffix in case the port is split. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210527104819.789840-1-jiri@resnulli.us Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-05-27 12:48:19 +02:00
devlink: introduce a helper to generate physical port names Each driver implements physical port name generation by itself. However as devlink has all needed info, it can easily do the job for all its users. So implement this helper in devlink. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:02 +02:00
net: devlink: Add unused port flavour Not all ports of a switch need to be used, particularly in embedded systems. Add a port flavour for ports which physically exist in the switch, but are not connected to the front panel etc, and so are unused. By having unused ports present in devlink, it gives a more accurate representation of the hardware. It also allows regions to be associated to such ports, so allowing, for example, to determine unused ports are correctly powered off, or to compare probable reset defaults of unused ports to used ports experiences issues. Actually registering unused ports and setting the flavour to unused is optional. The DSA core will register all such switch ports, but such ports are expected to be limited in number. Bigger ASICs may decide not to list unused ports. v2: Expand the description about why it is useful Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:51 +02:00
devlink: introduce a helper to generate physical port names Each driver implements physical port name generation by itself. However as devlink has all needed info, it can easily do the job for all its users. So implement this helper in devlink. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:02 +02:00
devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00
devlink: Use controller while building phys_port_name Now that controller number attribute is available, use it when building phsy_port_name for external controller ports. An example devlink port and representor netdev name consist of controller annotation for external controller with controller number = 1, for a VF 1 of PF 0: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0c1pf0vf1 flavour pcivf controller 1 pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0c1pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "controller": 1, "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Controller number annotation is skipped for non external controllers to maintain backward compatibility. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:38 +03:00
devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00
devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00
devlink: Use controller while building phys_port_name Now that controller number attribute is available, use it when building phsy_port_name for external controller ports. An example devlink port and representor netdev name consist of controller annotation for external controller with controller number = 1, for a VF 1 of PF 0: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0c1pf0vf1 flavour pcivf controller 1 pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0c1pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "controller": 1, "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Controller number annotation is skipped for non external controllers to maintain backward compatibility. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-09 07:50:38 +03:00
devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00
devlink: Introduce PCI SF port flavour and port attribute A PCI sub-function (SF) represents a portion of the device similar to PCI VF. In an eswitch, PCI SF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with SF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI SF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI SF, fill up PCI SF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and SF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. This is done as cApfNSfM, where A, N and M are controller, PCI PF and PCI SF number respectively. This is similar to existing naming for PCI PF and PCI VF ports. An example view of a PCI SF port: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate attached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:13 -08:00
devlink: Extend SF port attributes to have external attribute Extended SF port attributes to have optional external flag similar to PCI PF and VF port attributes. External atttibute is required to generate unique phys_port_name when PF number and SF number are overlapping between two controllers similar to SR-IOV VFs. When a SF is for external controller an example view of external SF port and config sequence. On eswitch system: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0033:01:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0033:01:00.0/196607: type eth netdev enP51p1s0f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false pci/0033:01:00.0/131072: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf controller 1 pfnum 0 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port add pci/0033:01:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 77 controller 1 pci/0033:01:00.0/163840: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcisf controller 1 pfnum 0 sfnum 77 splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached phys_port_name construction: $ cat /sys/class/net/eth1/phys_port_name c1pf0sf77 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2021-03-10 15:35:03 +02:00
devlink: Introduce PCI SF port flavour and port attribute A PCI sub-function (SF) represents a portion of the device similar to PCI VF. In an eswitch, PCI SF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with SF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI SF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI SF, fill up PCI SF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and SF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. This is done as cApfNSfM, where A, N and M are controller, PCI PF and PCI SF number respectively. This is similar to existing naming for PCI PF and PCI VF ports. An example view of a PCI SF port: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate attached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
2020-12-11 22:12:13 -08:00
devlink: Fix phys_port_name of virtual port and merge error Merge commit cited in fixes tag was incorrect. Due to it phys_port_name of the virtual port resulted in incorrect name. Also the phys_port_name of the physical port was written twice due to the merge error. Fix it by removing the old code and inserting back the misplaced code. Related commits of interest in net and net-next branches that resulted in merge conflict are: in net-next branch: commit f285f37cb1e6 ("devlink: append split port number to the port name") in net branch: commit b28d8f0c25a9 ("devlink: Correct VIRTUAL port to not have phys_port attributes") Fixes: 126285651b7 ("Merge ra.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net") Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reported-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com> Tested-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-07-23 17:56:00 +03:00
devlink: introduce a helper to generate physical port names Each driver implements physical port name generation by itself. However as devlink has all needed info, it can easily do the job for all its users. So implement this helper in devlink. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 09:29:02 +02:00
net: devlink: introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() Introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() helper that gets the physical port name for specified netdevice according to devlink port attributes. Call this helper from dev_get_phys_port_name() in case ndo_get_phys_port_name is not defined. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 13:56:37 +01:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: remove linecards lock Similar to other devlink objects, convert the linecards list to be protected by devlink instance lock. Alongside with that rename the create/destroy() functions to devl_* to indicate the devlink instance lock needs to be held while calling them. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:04 +01:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: remove linecards lock Similar to other devlink objects, convert the linecards list to be protected by devlink instance lock. Alongside with that rename the create/destroy() functions to devl_* to indicate the devlink instance lock needs to be held while calling them. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:04 +01:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: remove linecards lock Similar to other devlink objects, convert the linecards list to be protected by devlink instance lock. Alongside with that rename the create/destroy() functions to devl_* to indicate the devlink instance lock needs to be held while calling them. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:04 +01:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: remove linecards lock Similar to other devlink objects, convert the linecards list to be protected by devlink instance lock. Alongside with that rename the create/destroy() functions to devl_* to indicate the devlink instance lock needs to be held while calling them. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:04 +01:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: remove linecards lock Similar to other devlink objects, convert the linecards list to be protected by devlink instance lock. Alongside with that rename the create/destroy() functions to devl_* to indicate the devlink instance lock needs to be held while calling them. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:04 +01:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: remove linecards lock Similar to other devlink objects, convert the linecards list to be protected by devlink instance lock. Alongside with that rename the create/destroy() functions to devl_* to indicate the devlink instance lock needs to be held while calling them. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:04 +01:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: remove linecards lock Similar to other devlink objects, convert the linecards list to be protected by devlink instance lock. Alongside with that rename the create/destroy() functions to devl_* to indicate the devlink instance lock needs to be held while calling them. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:04 +01:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: remove linecard reference counting As long as the linecard life time is protected by devlink instance lock, the reference counting is no longer needed. Remove it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:05 +01:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: remove linecards lock Similar to other devlink objects, convert the linecards list to be protected by devlink instance lock. Alongside with that rename the create/destroy() functions to devl_* to indicate the devlink instance lock needs to be held while calling them. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2023-01-18 16:21:04 +01:00
devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
net: devlink: introduce nested devlink entity for line card For the purpose of exposing device info and allow flash update which is going to be implemented in follow-up patches, introduce a possibility for a line card to expose relation to nested devlink entity. The nested devlink entity represents the line card. Example: $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 1 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state active type 16x100G nested_devlink auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink dev show auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-25 10:29:16 +02:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
net: devlink: introduce nested devlink entity for line card For the purpose of exposing device info and allow flash update which is going to be implemented in follow-up patches, introduce a possibility for a line card to expose relation to nested devlink entity. The nested devlink entity represents the line card. Example: $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 1 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state active type 16x100G nested_devlink auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink dev show auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-25 10:29:16 +02:00
devlink: implement line card provisioning In order to be able to configure all needed stuff on a port/netdevice of a line card without the line card being present, introduce line card provisioning. Basically by setting a type, provisioning process will start and driver is supposed to create a placeholder for instances (ports/netdevices) for a line card type. Allow the user to query the supported line card types over line card get command. Then implement two netlink command SET to allow user to set/unset the card type. On the driver API side, add provision/unprovision ops and supported types array to be advertised. Upon provision op call, the driver should take care of creating the instances for the particular line card type. Introduce provision_set/clear() functions to be called by the driver once the provisioning/unprovisioning is done on its side. These helpers are not to be called directly due to the async nature of provisioning. Example: $ devlink port # No ports are listed $ devlink lc pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 2 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 3 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 4 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 5 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 6 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 7 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G lc 8 state unprovisioned supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 type 16x100G $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 8 state active type 16x100G supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink port pci/0000:01:00.0/0: type notset flavour cpu port 0 splittable false pci/0000:01:00.0/53: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p1 flavour physical lc 8 port 1 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/54: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p2 flavour physical lc 8 port 2 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/55: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p3 flavour physical lc 8 port 3 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/56: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p4 flavour physical lc 8 port 4 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/57: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p5 flavour physical lc 8 port 5 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/58: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p6 flavour physical lc 8 port 6 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/59: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p7 flavour physical lc 8 port 7 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/60: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p8 flavour physical lc 8 port 8 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/61: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p9 flavour physical lc 8 port 9 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/62: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p10 flavour physical lc 8 port 10 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/63: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p11 flavour physical lc 8 port 11 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/64: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p12 flavour physical lc 8 port 12 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/125: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p13 flavour physical lc 8 port 13 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/126: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p14 flavour physical lc 8 port 14 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/127: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p15 flavour physical lc 8 port 15 splittable true lanes 4 pci/0000:01:00.0/128: type eth netdev enp1s0nl8p16 flavour physical lc 8 port 16 splittable true lanes 4 $ devlink lc set pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 8 notype Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00
devlink: implement line card active state Allow driver to mark a line card as active. Expose this state to the userspace over devlink netlink interface with proper notifications. 'active' state means that line card was plugged in after being provisioned. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-04-18 09:42:27 +03:00
net: devlink: introduce nested devlink entity for line card For the purpose of exposing device info and allow flash update which is going to be implemented in follow-up patches, introduce a possibility for a line card to expose relation to nested devlink entity. The nested devlink entity represents the line card. Example: $ devlink lc show pci/0000:01:00.0 lc 1 pci/0000:01:00.0: lc 1 state active type 16x100G nested_devlink auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 supported_types: 16x100G $ devlink dev show auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 auxiliary/mlxsw_core.lc.0 Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-25 10:29:16 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:36 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:36 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:36 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:36 +02:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:36 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:36 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:36 +02:00
devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:37 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
net: core: devlink.c: Use built-in RCU list checking list_for_each_entry_rcu() has built-in RCU and lock checking. Pass cond argument to list_for_each_entry_rcu() to silence false lockdep warning when CONFIG_PROVE_RCU_LIST is enabled. The devlink->lock is held when devlink_dpipe_table_find() is called in non RCU read side section. Therefore, pass struct devlink to devlink_dpipe_table_find() for lockdep checking. Signed-off-by: Madhuparna Bhowmik <madhuparnabhowmik10@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-02-25 17:57:45 +05:30
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:37 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:37 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:37 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:37 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
devlink: Add support for dynamic table size Up until now the dpipe table's size was static and known at registration time. The host table does not have constant size and it is resized in dynamic manner. In order to support this behavior the size is changed to be obtained dynamically via an op. This patch also adjust the current dpipe table for the new API. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-24 08:40:02 +02:00
net: core: devlink.c: Use built-in RCU list checking list_for_each_entry_rcu() has built-in RCU and lock checking. Pass cond argument to list_for_each_entry_rcu() to silence false lockdep warning when CONFIG_PROVE_RCU_LIST is enabled. The devlink->lock is held when devlink_dpipe_table_find() is called in non RCU read side section. Therefore, pass struct devlink to devlink_dpipe_table_find() for lockdep checking. Signed-off-by: Madhuparna Bhowmik <madhuparnabhowmik10@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-02-25 17:57:45 +05:30
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:37 +02:00
net: core: devlink.c: Hold devlink->lock from the beginning of devlink_dpipe_table_register() devlink_dpipe_table_find() should be called under either rcu_read_lock() or devlink->lock. devlink_dpipe_table_register() calls devlink_dpipe_table_find() without holding the lock and acquires it later. Therefore hold the devlink->lock from the beginning of devlink_dpipe_table_register(). Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Madhuparna Bhowmik <madhuparnabhowmik10@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-02-23 16:52:33 +05:30
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:37 +02:00
devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:37 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
mlxsw: Register physical ports as a devlink resource The switch ASIC has a limited capacity of physical ('flavour physical' in devlink terminology) ports that it can support. While each system is brought up with a different number of ports, this number can be increased via splitting up to the ASIC's limit. Expose physical ports as a devlink resource so that user space will have visibility to the maximum number of ports that can be supported and the current occupancy. In addition, add a "Generic Resources" section in devlink-resource documentation so the different drivers will be aligned by the same resource name when exposing to user space. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-21 15:10:23 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Remove top_hierarchy arg to devlink_resource_register top_hierarchy arg can be determined by comparing parent_resource_id to DEVLINK_RESOURCE_ID_PARENT_TOP so it does not need to be a separate argument. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-20 19:31:14 -07:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Remove top_hierarchy arg to devlink_resource_register top_hierarchy arg can be determined by comparing parent_resource_id to DEVLINK_RESOURCE_ID_PARENT_TOP so it does not need to be a separate argument. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-20 19:31:14 -07:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: fix memory leak on 'resource' Currently, if the call to devlink_resource_find returns null then the error exit path does not free the devlink_resource 'resource' and a memory leak occurs. Fix this by kfree'ing resource on the error exit path. Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1464184 ("Resource leak") Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-22 10:31:19 +00:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
mlxsw: spectrum: Fix handling of resource_size_param Current code uses global variables, adjusts them and passes pointer down to devlink. With every other mlxsw_core instance, the previously passed pointer values are rewritten. Fix this by de-globalize the variables and also memcpy size_params during devlink resource registration. Also, introduce a convenient size_param_init helper. Fixes: ef3116e5403e ("mlxsw: spectrum: Register KVD resources with devlink") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-28 13:12:09 +01:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Simplify devlink resources unregister call The devlink_resources_unregister() used second parameter as an entry point for the recursive removal of devlink resources. None of the callers outside of devlink core needed to use this field, so let's remove it. As part of this removal, the "struct devlink_resource" was moved from .h to .c file as it is not possible to use in any place in the code except devlink.c. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-11-30 12:16:20 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
devlink: Simplify devlink resources unregister call The devlink_resources_unregister() used second parameter as an entry point for the recursive removal of devlink resources. None of the callers outside of devlink core needed to use this field, so let's remove it. As part of this removal, the "struct devlink_resource" was moved from .h to .c file as it is not possible to use in any place in the code except devlink.c. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-11-30 12:16:20 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:37 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration This resolves race during initialization where the resources with ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when all structs are initialized. The example flows, as it is in mlxsw: 1) driver load/asic probe: mlxsw_core -> mlxsw_sp_resources_register -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register -> devlink_resource_register IDX mlxsw_spectrum -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) 2) reload triggered by devlink command: -> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload -> mlxsw_sp_fini -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini -> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX (struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free) -> mlxsw_sp_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-05 22:13:21 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration This resolves race during initialization where the resources with ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when all structs are initialized. The example flows, as it is in mlxsw: 1) driver load/asic probe: mlxsw_core -> mlxsw_sp_resources_register -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register -> devlink_resource_register IDX mlxsw_spectrum -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) 2) reload triggered by devlink command: -> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload -> mlxsw_sp_fini -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini -> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX (struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free) -> mlxsw_sp_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-05 22:13:21 +02:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration This resolves race during initialization where the resources with ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when all structs are initialized. The example flows, as it is in mlxsw: 1) driver load/asic probe: mlxsw_core -> mlxsw_sp_resources_register -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register -> devlink_resource_register IDX mlxsw_spectrum -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) 2) reload triggered by devlink command: -> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload -> mlxsw_sp_fini -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini -> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX (struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free) -> mlxsw_sp_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-05 22:13:21 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration This resolves race during initialization where the resources with ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when all structs are initialized. The example flows, as it is in mlxsw: 1) driver load/asic probe: mlxsw_core -> mlxsw_sp_resources_register -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register -> devlink_resource_register IDX mlxsw_spectrum -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) 2) reload triggered by devlink command: -> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload -> mlxsw_sp_fini -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini -> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX (struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free) -> mlxsw_sp_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-05 22:13:21 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration This resolves race during initialization where the resources with ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when all structs are initialized. The example flows, as it is in mlxsw: 1) driver load/asic probe: mlxsw_core -> mlxsw_sp_resources_register -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register -> devlink_resource_register IDX mlxsw_spectrum -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) 2) reload triggered by devlink command: -> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload -> mlxsw_sp_fini -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini -> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX (struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free) -> mlxsw_sp_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-05 22:13:21 +02:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration This resolves race during initialization where the resources with ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when all structs are initialized. The example flows, as it is in mlxsw: 1) driver load/asic probe: mlxsw_core -> mlxsw_sp_resources_register -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register -> devlink_resource_register IDX mlxsw_spectrum -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) 2) reload triggered by devlink command: -> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload -> mlxsw_sp_fini -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini -> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX (struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free) -> mlxsw_sp_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-05 22:13:21 +02:00
devlink: Add devlink_param for port register and unregister Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported configuration parameters table per port. v7->v8: - Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri. __devlink_params_register __devlink_params_unregister devlink_params_register devlink_params_unregister devlink_port_params_register devlink_port_params_unregister - Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>. v2->v3: - Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register(). Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:20 +05:30
devlink: make devlink_param_register/unregister static There is no user outside the devlink code, so remove the export and make the functions static. Move them before callers to avoid forward declarations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:29 +01:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: make devlink_param_register/unregister static There is no user outside the devlink code, so remove the export and make the functions static. Move them before callers to avoid forward declarations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:29 +01:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: make devlink_param_register/unregister static There is no user outside the devlink code, so remove the export and make the functions static. Move them before callers to avoid forward declarations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:29 +01:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: make devlink_param_register/unregister static There is no user outside the devlink code, so remove the export and make the functions static. Move them before callers to avoid forward declarations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:29 +01:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: make devlink_param_register/unregister static There is no user outside the devlink code, so remove the export and make the functions static. Move them before callers to avoid forward declarations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:29 +01:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: don't work with possible NULL pointer in devlink_param_unregister() There is a WARN_ON checking the param_item for being NULL when the param is not inserted in the list. That indicates a driver BUG. Instead of continuing to work with NULL pointer with its consequences, return. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:30 +01:00
devlink: make devlink_param_register/unregister static There is no user outside the devlink code, so remove the export and make the functions static. Move them before callers to avoid forward declarations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:29 +01:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: make devlink_param_register/unregister static There is no user outside the devlink code, so remove the export and make the functions static. Move them before callers to avoid forward declarations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:29 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: Simplify internal devlink params implementation Reduce extra indirection from devlink_params_*() API. Such change makes it clear that we can drop devlink->lock from these flows, because everything is executed when the devlink is not registered yet. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-10-28 16:23:21 +03:00
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: Simplify internal devlink params implementation Reduce extra indirection from devlink_params_*() API. Such change makes it clear that we can drop devlink->lock from these flows, because everything is executed when the devlink is not registered yet. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-10-28 16:23:21 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: Simplify internal devlink params implementation Reduce extra indirection from devlink_params_*() API. Such change makes it clear that we can drop devlink->lock from these flows, because everything is executed when the devlink is not registered yet. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-10-28 16:23:21 +03:00
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: Simplify internal devlink params implementation Reduce extra indirection from devlink_params_*() API. Such change makes it clear that we can drop devlink->lock from these flows, because everything is executed when the devlink is not registered yet. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-10-28 16:23:21 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00
devlink: Add support for driverinit get value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() function to help the driver get the value from devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: -Add the missing devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() declaration. -Also, order devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() after devlink_param_driverinit_value_get/set() calls Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:23 +05:30
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: Add support for driverinit get value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() function to help the driver get the value from devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: -Add the missing devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() declaration. -Also, order devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() after devlink_param_driverinit_value_get/set() calls Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:23 +05:30
devlink: fix the name of value arg of devl_param_driverinit_value_get() Probably due to copy-paste error, the name of the arg is "init_val" which is misleading, as the pointer is used to point to struct where to store the current value. Rename it to "val" and change the arg comment a bit on the way. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:27 +01:00
devlink: Add support for driverinit get value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() function to help the driver get the value from devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: -Add the missing devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() declaration. -Also, order devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() after devlink_param_driverinit_value_get/set() calls Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:23 +05:30
devlink: allow to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock If the driver maintains following basic sane behavior, the devl_param_driverinit_value_get() function could be called without holding instance lock: 1) Driver ensures a call to devl_param_driverinit_value_get() cannot race with registering/unregistering the parameter with the same parameter ID. 2) Driver ensures a call to devl_param_driverinit_value_get() cannot race with devl_param_driverinit_value_set() call with the same parameter ID. 3) Driver ensures a call to devl_param_driverinit_value_get() cannot race with reload operation. By the nature of params usage, these requirements should be trivially achievable. If the driver for some off reason is not able to comply, it has to take the devlink->lock while calling devl_param_driverinit_value_get(). Remove the lock assertion and add comment describing the locking requirements. This fixes a splat in mlx5 driver introduced by the commit referenced in the "Fixes" tag. Lore: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/719de4f0-76ac-e8b9-38a9-167ae239efc7@amd.com/ Reported-by: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@amd.com> Fixes: 075935f0ae0f ("devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Tested-by: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@amd.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:30 +01:00
devlink: Add support for driverinit get value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() function to help the driver get the value from devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: -Add the missing devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() declaration. -Also, order devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() after devlink_param_driverinit_value_get/set() calls Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:23 +05:30
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: fix the name of value arg of devl_param_driverinit_value_get() Probably due to copy-paste error, the name of the arg is "init_val" which is misleading, as the pointer is used to point to struct where to store the current value. Rename it to "val" and change the arg comment a bit on the way. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:27 +01:00
devlink: Add support for driverinit get value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() function to help the driver get the value from devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: -Add the missing devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() declaration. -Also, order devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() after devlink_param_driverinit_value_get/set() calls Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:23 +05:30
devlink: Remove single line function obfuscations There is no need in extra one line functions to call relevant functions only once. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-23 21:12:51 +03:00
devlink: put couple of WARN_ONs in devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() Put couple of WARN_ONs in devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() function to clearly indicate, that it is a driver bug if used without reload support or for non-driverinit param. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:34 +01:00
devlink: Add support for driverinit get value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() function to help the driver get the value from devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: -Add the missing devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() declaration. -Also, order devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() after devlink_param_driverinit_value_get/set() calls Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:23 +05:30
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Remove single line function obfuscations There is no need in extra one line functions to call relevant functions only once. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-23 21:12:51 +03:00
devlink: put couple of WARN_ONs in devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() Put couple of WARN_ONs in devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() function to clearly indicate, that it is a driver bug if used without reload support or for non-driverinit param. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:34 +01:00
devlink: Remove single line function obfuscations There is no need in extra one line functions to call relevant functions only once. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-23 21:12:51 +03:00
devlink: fix the name of value arg of devl_param_driverinit_value_get() Probably due to copy-paste error, the name of the arg is "init_val" which is misleading, as the pointer is used to point to struct where to store the current value. Rename it to "val" and change the arg comment a bit on the way. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:27 +01:00
devlink: Remove single line function obfuscations There is no need in extra one line functions to call relevant functions only once. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-23 21:12:51 +03:00
devlink: Add support for driverinit get value for devlink_port Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() function to help the driver get the value from devlink_port. Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get() to be used by both device and port params. v7->v8: -Add the missing devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() declaration. -Also, order devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() after devlink_param_driverinit_value_get/set() calls Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:23 +05:30
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: Add support for get/set driverinit value "driverinit" configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable the driver query the value after reload. Two additional functions added to help the driver get/set the value from/to devlink: devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and devlink_param_driverinit_value_get(). Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:31 +03:00
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: Add support for get/set driverinit value "driverinit" configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable the driver query the value after reload. Two additional functions added to help the driver get/set the value from/to devlink: devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and devlink_param_driverinit_value_get(). Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:31 +03:00
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: Add support for get/set driverinit value "driverinit" configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable the driver query the value after reload. Two additional functions added to help the driver get/set the value from/to devlink: devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and devlink_param_driverinit_value_get(). Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:31 +03:00
devlink: Remove single line function obfuscations There is no need in extra one line functions to call relevant functions only once. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-23 21:12:51 +03:00
devlink: add forgotten devlink instance lock assertion to devl_param_driverinit_value_set() Driver calling devl_param_driverinit_value_set() has to hold devlink instance lock while doing that. Put an assertion there. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:31 +01:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: make devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() return void devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() currently returns int with possible error, but no user is checking it anyway. The only reason for a fail is a driver bug. So convert the function to return void and put WARN_ONs on error paths. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:33 +01:00
devlink: Remove single line function obfuscations There is no need in extra one line functions to call relevant functions only once. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-23 21:12:51 +03:00
devlink: make devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() return void devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() currently returns int with possible error, but no user is checking it anyway. The only reason for a fail is a driver bug. So convert the function to return void and put WARN_ONs on error paths. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:33 +01:00
devlink: Remove single line function obfuscations There is no need in extra one line functions to call relevant functions only once. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-23 21:12:51 +03:00
devlink: don't use strcpy() to copy param value No need to treat string params any different comparing to other types. Rely on the struct assign to copy the whole struct, including the string. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:25 +01:00
devlink: Remove single line function obfuscations There is no need in extra one line functions to call relevant functions only once. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-23 21:12:51 +03:00
devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance It's most natural to register the instance first and then its subobjects. Now that we can use the instance lock to protect the atomicity of all init - it should also be safe. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-05 22:34:00 -08:00
devlink: Add support for get/set driverinit value "driverinit" configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable the driver query the value after reload. Two additional functions added to help the driver get/set the value from/to devlink: devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and devlink_param_driverinit_value_get(). Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:31 +03:00
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: Add support for get/set driverinit value "driverinit" configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable the driver query the value after reload. Two additional functions added to help the driver get/set the value from/to devlink: devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and devlink_param_driverinit_value_get(). Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:31 +03:00
devlink: make sure driver does not read updated driverinit param before reload The driverinit param purpose is to serve the driver during init/reload time to provide a value, either default or set by user. Make sure that driver does not read value updated by user before the reload is performed. Hold the new value in a separate struct and switch it during reload. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:26 +01:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: make sure driver does not read updated driverinit param before reload The driverinit param purpose is to serve the driver during init/reload time to provide a value, either default or set by user. Make sure that driver does not read value updated by user before the reload is performed. Hold the new value in a separate struct and switch it during reload. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:26 +01:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: make sure driver does not read updated driverinit param before reload The driverinit param purpose is to serve the driver during init/reload time to provide a value, either default or set by user. Make sure that driver does not read value updated by user before the reload is performed. Hold the new value in a separate struct and switch it during reload. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:26 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications. Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:32 +03:00
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications. Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:32 +03:00
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications. Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:32 +03:00
devlink: convert param list to xarray Loose the linked list for params and use xarray instead. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-10 11:01:29 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications. Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:32 +03:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for port params Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. v7->v8: Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by devlink_param_value_changed() Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-28 18:00:25 +05:30
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications. Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:32 +03:00
devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00
devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications. Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister functions. Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-04 14:30:32 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:39 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:39 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:39 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:39 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
devlink: convert snapshot destructor callback to region op It does not makes sense that two snapshots for a given region would use different destructors. Simplify snapshot creation by adding a .destructor op for regions. This operation will replace the data_destructor for the snapshot creation, and makes snapshot creation easier. Noticed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:09 -07:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:39 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:39 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
devlink: prepare to support region operations Modify the devlink region code in preparation for adding new operations on regions. Create a devlink_region_ops structure, and move the name pointer from within the devlink_region structure into the ops structure (similar to the devlink_health_reporter_ops). This prepares the regions to enable support of additional operations in the future such as requesting snapshots, or accessing the region directly without a snapshot. In order to re-use the constant strings in the mlx4 driver their declaration must be changed to 'const char * const' to ensure the compiler realizes that both the data and the pointer cannot change. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:08 -07:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:39 +02:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:39 +02:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
net: devlink: add port_init/fini() helpers to allow pre-register/post-unregister functions Lifetime of some of the devlink objects, like regions, is currently forced to be different for devlink instance and devlink port instance (per-port regions). The reason is that for devlink ports, the internal structures initialization happens only after devlink_port_register() is called. To resolve this inconsistency, introduce new set of helpers to allow driver to initialize devlink pointer and region list before devlink_register() is called. That allows port regions to be created before devlink port registration and destroyed after devlink port unregistration. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 09:28:58 +02:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:39 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:39 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:39 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:39 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
devlink: hold region lock when flushing snapshots Netdevsim triggers a splat on reload, when it destroys regions with snapshots pending: WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 787 at net/core/devlink.c:6291 devlink_region_snapshot_del+0x12e/0x140 CPU: 1 PID: 787 Comm: devlink Not tainted 6.1.0-07460-g7ae9888d6e1c #580 RIP: 0010:devlink_region_snapshot_del+0x12e/0x140 Call Trace: <TASK> devl_region_destroy+0x70/0x140 nsim_dev_reload_down+0x2f/0x60 [netdevsim] devlink_reload+0x1f7/0x360 devlink_nl_cmd_reload+0x6ce/0x860 genl_family_rcv_msg_doit.isra.0+0x145/0x1c0 This is the locking assert in devlink_region_snapshot_del(), we're supposed to be holding the region->snapshot_lock here. Fixes: 2dec18ad826f ("net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock") Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-12-14 18:01:00 -08:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
devlink: send notifications for deleted snapshots on region destroy Currently the notifications for deleted snapshots are sent only in case user deletes a snapshot manually. Send the notifications in case region is destroyed too. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
2019-08-12 14:28:31 +02:00
devlink: hold region lock when flushing snapshots Netdevsim triggers a splat on reload, when it destroys regions with snapshots pending: WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 787 at net/core/devlink.c:6291 devlink_region_snapshot_del+0x12e/0x140 CPU: 1 PID: 787 Comm: devlink Not tainted 6.1.0-07460-g7ae9888d6e1c #580 RIP: 0010:devlink_region_snapshot_del+0x12e/0x140 Call Trace: <TASK> devl_region_destroy+0x70/0x140 nsim_dev_reload_down+0x2f/0x60 [netdevsim] devlink_reload+0x1f7/0x360 devlink_nl_cmd_reload+0x6ce/0x860 genl_family_rcv_msg_doit.isra.0+0x145/0x1c0 This is the locking assert in devlink_region_snapshot_del(), we're supposed to be holding the region->snapshot_lock here. Fixes: 2dec18ad826f ("net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock") Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-12-14 18:01:00 -08:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: Add support for region snapshot delete command Add support for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL used for deleting a snapshot from a region. The snapshot ID is required. Also added notification support for NEW and DEL of snapshots. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:13 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:39 +02:00
devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00
devlink: Add callback to query for snapshot id before snapshot create To restrict the driver with the snapshot ID selection a new callback is introduced for the driver to get the snapshot ID before creating a new snapshot. This will also allow giving the same ID for multiple snapshots taken of different regions on the same time. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:09 +03:00
devlink: correct misspelling of snapshot The function to obtain a unique snapshot id was mistakenly typo'd as devlink_region_shapshot_id_get. Fix this typo by renaming the function and all of its users. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-09 11:08:20 -08:00
devlink: Add callback to query for snapshot id before snapshot create To restrict the driver with the snapshot ID selection a new callback is introduced for the driver to get the snapshot ID before creating a new snapshot. This will also allow giving the same ID for multiple snapshots taken of different regions on the same time. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:09 +03:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
devlink: report error once U32_MAX snapshot ids have been used The devlink_snapshot_id_get() function returns a snapshot id. The snapshot id is a u32, so there is no way to indicate an error code. A future change is going to possibly add additional cases where this function could fail. Refactor the function to return the snapshot id in an argument, so that it can return zero or an error value. This ensures that snapshot ids cannot be confused with error values, and aids in the future refactor of snapshot id allocation management. Because there is no current way to release previously used snapshot ids, add a simple check ensuring that an error is reported in case the snapshot_id would over flow. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:14 -07:00
devlink: Add callback to query for snapshot id before snapshot create To restrict the driver with the snapshot ID selection a new callback is introduced for the driver to get the snapshot ID before creating a new snapshot. This will also allow giving the same ID for multiple snapshots taken of different regions on the same time. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:09 +03:00
devlink: report error once U32_MAX snapshot ids have been used The devlink_snapshot_id_get() function returns a snapshot id. The snapshot id is a u32, so there is no way to indicate an error code. A future change is going to possibly add additional cases where this function could fail. Refactor the function to return the snapshot id in an argument, so that it can return zero or an error value. This ensures that snapshot ids cannot be confused with error values, and aids in the future refactor of snapshot id allocation management. Because there is no current way to release previously used snapshot ids, add a simple check ensuring that an error is reported in case the snapshot_id would over flow. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:14 -07:00
devlink: Add callback to query for snapshot id before snapshot create To restrict the driver with the snapshot ID selection a new callback is introduced for the driver to get the snapshot ID before creating a new snapshot. This will also allow giving the same ID for multiple snapshots taken of different regions on the same time. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:09 +03:00
devlink: report error once U32_MAX snapshot ids have been used The devlink_snapshot_id_get() function returns a snapshot id. The snapshot id is a u32, so there is no way to indicate an error code. A future change is going to possibly add additional cases where this function could fail. Refactor the function to return the snapshot id in an argument, so that it can return zero or an error value. This ensures that snapshot ids cannot be confused with error values, and aids in the future refactor of snapshot id allocation management. Because there is no current way to release previously used snapshot ids, add a simple check ensuring that an error is reported in case the snapshot_id would over flow. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:14 -07:00
devlink: Add callback to query for snapshot id before snapshot create To restrict the driver with the snapshot ID selection a new callback is introduced for the driver to get the snapshot ID before creating a new snapshot. This will also allow giving the same ID for multiple snapshots taken of different regions on the same time. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:09 +03:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshot ID tracking dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, functions to get/put regions snapshot ID may be called from both locked and unlocked context. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshot ID tracking by using internal xa_lock() to maintain shapshot_ids xa_array consistency. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:42 +03:00
devlink: Add callback to query for snapshot id before snapshot create To restrict the driver with the snapshot ID selection a new callback is introduced for the driver to get the snapshot ID before creating a new snapshot. This will also allow giving the same ID for multiple snapshots taken of different regions on the same time. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:09 +03:00
devlink: correct misspelling of snapshot The function to obtain a unique snapshot id was mistakenly typo'd as devlink_region_shapshot_id_get. Fix this typo by renaming the function and all of its users. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-09 11:08:20 -08:00
devlink: Add callback to query for snapshot id before snapshot create To restrict the driver with the snapshot ID selection a new callback is introduced for the driver to get the snapshot ID before creating a new snapshot. This will also allow giving the same ID for multiple snapshots taken of different regions on the same time. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:09 +03:00
devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
devlink: trivial: fix tab in function documentation The function documentation comment for devlink_region_snapshot_create included a literal tab character between 'future analyses' that was difficult to spot as it happened to only display as one space wide. Fix the comment to use a space here instead of a stray tab appearing in the middle of a sentence. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:10 -07:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
devlink: fix kdoc devlink suffers from a few kdoc warnings: net/core/devlink.c:5292: warning: Function parameter or member 'dev' not described in 'devlink_register' net/core/devlink.c:5351: warning: Function parameter or member 'port_index' not described in 'devlink_port_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Function parameter or member 'parent_resource_id' not described in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Function parameter or member 'size_params' not described in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'top_hierarchy' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'reload_required' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:5753: warning: Excess function parameter 'parent_reosurce_id' description in 'devlink_resource_register' net/core/devlink.c:6451: warning: Function parameter or member 'region' not described in 'devlink_region_snapshot_create' net/core/devlink.c:6451: warning: Excess function parameter 'devlink_region' description in 'devlink_region_snapshot_create' Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-27 11:36:36 -08:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
devlink: remove pointless data_len arg from region snapshot create The size of the snapshot has to be the same as the size of the region, therefore no need to pass it again during snapshot creation. Remove the arg and use region->size instead. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-09 15:27:15 +02:00
devlink: convert snapshot destructor callback to region op It does not makes sense that two snapshots for a given region would use different destructors. Simplify snapshot creation by adding a .destructor op for regions. This operation will replace the data_destructor for the snapshot creation, and makes snapshot creation easier. Noticed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:09 -07:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: add function to take snapshot while locked A future change is going to add a new devlink command to request a snapshot on demand. This function will want to call the devlink_region_snapshot_create function while already holding the devlink instance lock. Extract the logic of this function into a static function prefixed by `__` to indicate that it is an internal helper function. Modify the original function to be implemented in terms of the new locked function. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-26 11:37:11 -07:00
net: devlink: remove region snapshots list dependency on devlink->lock After mlx4 driver is converted to do locked reload, devlink_region_snapshot_create() may be called from both locked and unlocked context. Note that in mlx4 region snapshots could be created on any command failure. That can happen in any flow that involves commands to FW, which means most of the driver flows. So resolve this by removing dependency on devlink->lock for region snapshots list consistency and introduce new mutex to ensure it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-28 18:53:43 +03:00
devlink: Add support for creating region snapshots Each device address region can store multiple snapshots, each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID. This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add a new snapshot to an address region. The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command from devlink user tool. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-12 15:13:10 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Add generic packet traps and groups Add generic packet traps and groups that can report dropped packets as well as exceptions such as TTL error. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:18 +03:00
devlink: Add layer 3 generic packet traps Add packet traps that can report packets that were dropped during layer 3 forwarding. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-11-07 18:42:09 +02:00
devlink: Add layer 3 generic packet exception traps Add layer 3 generic packet exception traps that can report trapped packets and documentation of the traps. Unlike drop traps, these exception traps also need to inject the packet to the kernel's receive path. For example, a packet that was trapped due to unreachable neighbour need to be injected into the kernel so that it will trigger an ARP request or a neighbour solicitation message. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-11-07 18:42:14 +02:00
devlink: Add non-routable packet trap Add packet trap that can report packets that reached the router, but are non-routable. For example, IGMP queries can be flooded by the device in layer 2 and reach the router. Such packets should not be routed and instead dropped. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-19 15:00:48 +02:00
devlink: Add tunnel generic packet traps Add packet traps that can report packets that were dropped during tunnel decapsulation. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-19 15:00:54 +02:00
devlink: Add overlay source MAC is multicast trap Add packet trap that can report NVE packets that the device decided to drop because their overlay source MAC is multicast. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-19 15:00:58 +02:00
devlink: add ACL generic packet traps Add packet traps that can report packets that were dropped during ACL processing. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-02-24 08:35:47 +01:00
devlink: Add layer 2 control packet traps Add layer 2 control packet traps such as STP and IGMP query, so that capable device drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-29 21:36:41 +03:00
devlink: Add layer 3 control packet traps Add layer 3 control packet traps such as ARP and DHCP, so that capable device drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-29 21:36:42 +03:00
devlink: Add ACL control packet traps Add packet traps for packets that are sampled / trapped by ACLs, so that capable drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-29 21:36:43 +03:00
devlink: Add early_drop trap Add the packet trap that can report packets that were ECN marked due to RED AQM. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-08-03 19:11:33 +03:00
devlink: add parser error drop packet traps Add parser error drop packet traps, so that capable device driver could register them with devlink. The new packet trap group holds any drops of packets which were marked by the device as erroneous during header parsing. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-01 18:11:45 +03:00
devlink: Add blackhole_nexthop trap Add a packet trap to report packets that were dropped due to a blackhole nexthop. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-23 09:12:28 +02:00
devlink: Add DMAC filter generic packet trap Add packet trap that can report packets that were dropped due to destination MAC filtering. Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-26 15:24:06 -08:00
devlink: Add packet traps for 802.1X operation Add packet traps for 802.1X operation. The "eapol" control trap is used to trap EAPOL packets and is required for the correct operation of the control plane. The "locked_port" drop trap can be enabled to gain visibility into packets that were dropped by the device due to the locked bridge port check. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-08 11:47:10 +01:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Add generic packet traps and groups Add generic packet traps and groups that can report dropped packets as well as exceptions such as TTL error. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:18 +03:00
devlink: Create dedicated trap group for layer 3 exceptions Packets that hit exceptions during layer 3 forwarding must be trapped to the CPU for the control plane to function properly. Create a dedicated group for them, so that user space could choose to assign a different policer for them. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-29 21:36:36 +03:00
devlink: Add generic packet traps and groups Add generic packet traps and groups that can report dropped packets as well as exceptions such as TTL error. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:18 +03:00
devlink: Add tunnel generic packet traps Add packet traps that can report packets that were dropped during tunnel decapsulation. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-19 15:00:54 +02:00
devlink: add ACL generic packet traps Add packet traps that can report packets that were dropped during ACL processing. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-02-24 08:35:47 +01:00
devlink: Add layer 2 control packet traps Add layer 2 control packet traps such as STP and IGMP query, so that capable device drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-29 21:36:41 +03:00
devlink: Add layer 3 control packet traps Add layer 3 control packet traps such as ARP and DHCP, so that capable device drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-29 21:36:42 +03:00
mlxsw: spectrum: Use different trap group for externally routed packets Cited commit mistakenly removed the trap group for externally routed packets (e.g., via the management interface) and grouped locally routed and externally routed packet traps under the same group, thereby subjecting them to the same policer. This can result in problems, for example, when FRR is restarted and suddenly all transient traffic is trapped to the CPU because of a default route through the management interface. Locally routed packets required to re-establish a BGP connection will never reach the CPU and the routing tables will not be re-populated. Fix this by using a different trap group for externally routed packets. Fixes: 8110668ecd9a ("mlxsw: spectrum_trap: Register layer 3 control traps") Reported-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com> Tested-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-29 12:26:44 +03:00
devlink: Add layer 3 control packet traps Add layer 3 control packet traps such as ARP and DHCP, so that capable device drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-29 21:36:42 +03:00
devlink: Add ACL control packet traps Add packet traps for packets that are sampled / trapped by ACLs, so that capable drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-29 21:36:43 +03:00
devlink: add parser error drop packet traps Add parser error drop packet traps, so that capable device driver could register them with devlink. The new packet trap group holds any drops of packets which were marked by the device as erroneous during header parsing. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-10-01 18:11:45 +03:00
devlink: Add packet traps for 802.1X operation Add packet traps for 802.1X operation. The "eapol" control trap is used to trap EAPOL packets and is required for the correct operation of the control plane. The "locked_port" drop trap can be enabled to gain visibility into packets that were dropped by the device due to the locked bridge port check. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-08 11:47:10 +01:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Only pass packet trap group identifier in trap structure Packet trap groups are now explicitly registered by drivers and not implicitly registered when the packet traps are registered. Therefore, there is no need to encode entire group structure the trap is associated with inside the trap structure. Instead, only pass the group identifier. Refer to it as initial group identifier, as future patches will allow user space to move traps between groups. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:30 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
Revert "devlink: Remove not-executed trap group notifications" This reverts commit 8bbeed4858239ac956a78e5cbaf778bd6f3baef8 as it revealed that mlxsw and netdevsim (copy/paste from mlxsw) reregisters devlink objects during another devlink user triggered command. Fixes: 22849b5ea595 ("devlink: Remove not-executed trap policer notifications") Reported-by: syzbot+93d5accfaefceedf43c1@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-10-26 22:40:41 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Only pass packet trap group identifier in trap structure Packet trap groups are now explicitly registered by drivers and not implicitly registered when the packet traps are registered. Therefore, there is no need to encode entire group structure the trap is associated with inside the trap structure. Instead, only pass the group identifier. Refer to it as initial group identifier, as future patches will allow user space to move traps between groups. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:30 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Only pass packet trap group identifier in trap structure Packet trap groups are now explicitly registered by drivers and not implicitly registered when the packet traps are registered. Therefore, there is no need to encode entire group structure the trap is associated with inside the trap structure. Instead, only pass the group identifier. Refer to it as initial group identifier, as future patches will allow user space to move traps between groups. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:30 +02:00
devlink: Stop reference counting packet trap groups Now that drivers explicitly register their supported packet trap groups there is no for devlink to create them on-demand and destroy them when their reference count reaches zero. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:29 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Notify users when objects are accessible The devlink core code notified users about add/remove objects without relation if this object can be accessible or not. In this patch we unify such user visible notifications in one place. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-09-25 14:22:41 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Pass extack when setting trap's action and group's parameters A later patch will refuse to set the action of certain traps in mlxsw and also to change the policer binding of certain groups. Pass extack so that failure could be communicated clearly to user space. Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-08-03 19:11:34 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: adopt u64_stats_t As explained in commit 316580b69d0a ("u64_stats: provide u64_stats_t type") we should use u64_stats_t and related accessors to avoid load/store tearing. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-06-08 08:46:38 -07:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Add a tracepoint for trap reports Add a tracepoint for trap reports so that drop monitor could register its probe on it. Use trace_devlink_trap_report_enabled() to avoid wasting cycles setting the trap metadata if the tracepoint is not enabled. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-29 11:15:50 +03:00
drop_monitor: Filter control packets in drop monitor Previously, devlink called into drop monitor in order to report hardware originated drops / exceptions. devlink intentionally filtered control packets and did not pass them to drop monitor as they were not dropped by the underlying hardware. Now drop monitor registers its probe on a generic 'devlink_trap_report' tracepoint and should therefore perform this filtering itself instead of having devlink do that. Add the trap type as metadata and have drop monitor ignore control packets. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-29 11:15:55 +03:00
devlink: Add a tracepoint for trap reports Add a tracepoint for trap reports so that drop monitor could register its probe on it. Use trace_devlink_trap_report_enabled() to avoid wasting cycles setting the trap metadata if the tracepoint is not enabled. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-29 11:15:50 +03:00
net: devlink: convert devlink port type-specific pointers to union Instead of storing type_dev as a void pointer, convert it to union and use it to store either struct net_device or struct ib_device pointer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:01:59 +01:00
devlink: Add a tracepoint for trap reports Add a tracepoint for trap reports so that drop monitor could register its probe on it. Use trace_devlink_trap_report_enabled() to avoid wasting cycles setting the trap metadata if the tracepoint is not enabled. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-29 11:15:50 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: extend devlink_trap_report() to accept cookie and pass Add cookie argument to devlink_trap_report() allowing driver to pass in the user cookie. Pass on the cookie down to drop monitor code. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-02-25 11:45:21 +01:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: extend devlink_trap_report() to accept cookie and pass Add cookie argument to devlink_trap_report() allowing driver to pass in the user cookie. Pass on the cookie down to drop monitor code. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-02-25 11:45:21 +01:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Add a tracepoint for trap reports Add a tracepoint for trap reports so that drop monitor could register its probe on it. Use trace_devlink_trap_report_enabled() to avoid wasting cycles setting the trap metadata if the tracepoint is not enabled. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-29 11:15:50 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap group parameters support Packet trap groups are used to aggregate logically related packet traps. Currently, these groups allow user space to batch operations such as setting the trap action of all member traps. In order to prevent the CPU from being overwhelmed by too many trapped packets, it is desirable to bind a packet trap policer to these groups. For example, to limit all the packets that encountered an exception during routing to 10Kpps. Allow device drivers to bind default packet trap policers to packet trap groups when the latter are registered with devlink. The next patch will enable user space to change this default binding. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:21 +03:00
devlink: Add API to register packet trap groups Currently, packet trap groups are implicitly registered by drivers upon packet trap registration. When the traps are registered, each is associated with a group and the group is created by devlink, if it does not exist already. This makes it difficult for drivers to pass additional attributes for the groups. Therefore, as a preparation for future patches that require passing additional group attributes, add an API to explicitly register / unregister these groups. Next patches will convert existing drivers to use this API. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:26 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap group parameters support Packet trap groups are used to aggregate logically related packet traps. Currently, these groups allow user space to batch operations such as setting the trap action of all member traps. In order to prevent the CPU from being overwhelmed by too many trapped packets, it is desirable to bind a packet trap policer to these groups. For example, to limit all the packets that encountered an exception during routing to 10Kpps. Allow device drivers to bind default packet trap policers to packet trap groups when the latter are registered with devlink. The next patch will enable user space to change this default binding. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:21 +03:00
devlink: Add API to register packet trap groups Currently, packet trap groups are implicitly registered by drivers upon packet trap registration. When the traps are registered, each is associated with a group and the group is created by devlink, if it does not exist already. This makes it difficult for drivers to pass additional attributes for the groups. Therefore, as a preparation for future patches that require passing additional group attributes, add an API to explicitly register / unregister these groups. Next patches will convert existing drivers to use this API. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:26 +02:00
Revert "devlink: Remove not-executed trap group notifications" This reverts commit 8bbeed4858239ac956a78e5cbaf778bd6f3baef8 as it revealed that mlxsw and netdevsim (copy/paste from mlxsw) reregisters devlink objects during another devlink user triggered command. Fixes: 22849b5ea595 ("devlink: Remove not-executed trap policer notifications") Reported-by: syzbot+93d5accfaefceedf43c1@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-10-26 22:40:41 +03:00
devlink: Add API to register packet trap groups Currently, packet trap groups are implicitly registered by drivers upon packet trap registration. When the traps are registered, each is associated with a group and the group is created by devlink, if it does not exist already. This makes it difficult for drivers to pass additional attributes for the groups. Therefore, as a preparation for future patches that require passing additional group attributes, add an API to explicitly register / unregister these groups. Next patches will convert existing drivers to use this API. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:26 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap group parameters support Packet trap groups are used to aggregate logically related packet traps. Currently, these groups allow user space to batch operations such as setting the trap action of all member traps. In order to prevent the CPU from being overwhelmed by too many trapped packets, it is desirable to bind a packet trap policer to these groups. For example, to limit all the packets that encountered an exception during routing to 10Kpps. Allow device drivers to bind default packet trap policers to packet trap groups when the latter are registered with devlink. The next patch will enable user space to change this default binding. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:21 +03:00
devlink: Add API to register packet trap groups Currently, packet trap groups are implicitly registered by drivers upon packet trap registration. When the traps are registered, each is associated with a group and the group is created by devlink, if it does not exist already. This makes it difficult for drivers to pass additional attributes for the groups. Therefore, as a preparation for future patches that require passing additional group attributes, add an API to explicitly register / unregister these groups. Next patches will convert existing drivers to use this API. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:26 +02:00
Revert "devlink: Remove not-executed trap group notifications" This reverts commit 8bbeed4858239ac956a78e5cbaf778bd6f3baef8 as it revealed that mlxsw and netdevsim (copy/paste from mlxsw) reregisters devlink objects during another devlink user triggered command. Fixes: 22849b5ea595 ("devlink: Remove not-executed trap policer notifications") Reported-by: syzbot+93d5accfaefceedf43c1@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-10-26 22:40:41 +03:00
devlink: Add API to register packet trap groups Currently, packet trap groups are implicitly registered by drivers upon packet trap registration. When the traps are registered, each is associated with a group and the group is created by devlink, if it does not exist already. This makes it difficult for drivers to pass additional attributes for the groups. Therefore, as a preparation for future patches that require passing additional group attributes, add an API to explicitly register / unregister these groups. Next patches will convert existing drivers to use this API. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:26 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
devlink: Add API to register packet trap groups Currently, packet trap groups are implicitly registered by drivers upon packet trap registration. When the traps are registered, each is associated with a group and the group is created by devlink, if it does not exist already. This makes it difficult for drivers to pass additional attributes for the groups. Therefore, as a preparation for future patches that require passing additional group attributes, add an API to explicitly register / unregister these groups. Next patches will convert existing drivers to use this API. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:26 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
devlink: Add API to register packet trap groups Currently, packet trap groups are implicitly registered by drivers upon packet trap registration. When the traps are registered, each is associated with a group and the group is created by devlink, if it does not exist already. This makes it difficult for drivers to pass additional attributes for the groups. Therefore, as a preparation for future patches that require passing additional group attributes, add an API to explicitly register / unregister these groups. Next patches will convert existing drivers to use this API. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:26 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
devlink: Add API to register packet trap groups Currently, packet trap groups are implicitly registered by drivers upon packet trap registration. When the traps are registered, each is associated with a group and the group is created by devlink, if it does not exist already. This makes it difficult for drivers to pass additional attributes for the groups. Therefore, as a preparation for future patches that require passing additional group attributes, add an API to explicitly register / unregister these groups. Next patches will convert existing drivers to use this API. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:26 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
devlink: Add API to register packet trap groups Currently, packet trap groups are implicitly registered by drivers upon packet trap registration. When the traps are registered, each is associated with a group and the group is created by devlink, if it does not exist already. This makes it difficult for drivers to pass additional attributes for the groups. Therefore, as a preparation for future patches that require passing additional group attributes, add an API to explicitly register / unregister these groups. Next patches will convert existing drivers to use this API. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:26 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
devlink: Add API to register packet trap groups Currently, packet trap groups are implicitly registered by drivers upon packet trap registration. When the traps are registered, each is associated with a group and the group is created by devlink, if it does not exist already. This makes it difficult for drivers to pass additional attributes for the groups. Therefore, as a preparation for future patches that require passing additional group attributes, add an API to explicitly register / unregister these groups. Next patches will convert existing drivers to use this API. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:26 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
devlink: Add API to register packet trap groups Currently, packet trap groups are implicitly registered by drivers upon packet trap registration. When the traps are registered, each is associated with a group and the group is created by devlink, if it does not exist already. This makes it difficult for drivers to pass additional attributes for the groups. Therefore, as a preparation for future patches that require passing additional group attributes, add an API to explicitly register / unregister these groups. Next patches will convert existing drivers to use this API. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:26 +02:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
net: devlink: use helpers to work with devlink->lock mutex As far as the lock helpers exist as the drivers need to work with the devlink->lock mutex, use the helpers internally in devlink.c in order to be consistent. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-07-12 12:24:23 +02:00
devlink: Add API to register packet trap groups Currently, packet trap groups are implicitly registered by drivers upon packet trap registration. When the traps are registered, each is associated with a group and the group is created by devlink, if it does not exist already. This makes it difficult for drivers to pass additional attributes for the groups. Therefore, as a preparation for future patches that require passing additional group attributes, add an API to explicitly register / unregister these groups. Next patches will convert existing drivers to use this API. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-22 20:48:26 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
Revert "devlink: Remove not-executed trap policer notifications" This reverts commit 22849b5ea5952d853547cc5e0651f34a246b2a4f as it revealed that mlxsw and netdevsim (copy/paste from mlxsw) reregisters devlink objects during another devlink user triggered command. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-10-26 22:40:42 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
Revert "devlink: Remove not-executed trap policer notifications" This reverts commit 22849b5ea5952d853547cc5e0651f34a246b2a4f as it revealed that mlxsw and netdevsim (copy/paste from mlxsw) reregisters devlink objects during another devlink user triggered command. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-10-26 22:40:42 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
Revert "devlink: Remove not-executed trap policer notifications" This reverts commit 22849b5ea5952d853547cc5e0651f34a246b2a4f as it revealed that mlxsw and netdevsim (copy/paste from mlxsw) reregisters devlink objects during another devlink user triggered command. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-10-26 22:40:42 +03:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00
net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00
net: devlink: introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() Introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() helper that gets the physical port name for specified netdevice according to devlink port attributes. Call this helper from dev_get_phys_port_name() in case ndo_get_phys_port_name is not defined. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 13:56:37 +01:00
net: devlink: use devlink_port pointer instead of ndo_get_devlink_port Use newly introduced devlink_port pointer instead of getting it calling to ndo_get_devlink_port op. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:09 +01:00
net: devlink: introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() Introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() helper that gets the physical port name for specified netdevice according to devlink port attributes. Call this helper from dev_get_phys_port_name() in case ndo_get_phys_port_name is not defined. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 13:56:37 +01:00
net: devlink: introduce devlink_compat_switch_id_get() helper Introduce devlink_compat_switch_id_get() helper which fills up switch_id according to passed netdev pointer. Call it directly from dev_get_port_parent_id() as a fallback when ndo_get_port_parent_id is not defined for given netdev. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-03 14:24:17 +02:00
net: devlink: remove redundant rtnl lock assert It is enough for caller of devlink_compat_switch_id_get() to hold the net device to guarantee that devlink port is not destroyed concurrently. Remove rtnl lock assertion and modify comment to warn user that they must hold either rtnl lock or reference to net device. This is necessary to accommodate future implementation of rtnl-unlocked TC offloads driver callbacks. Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
2019-08-12 20:02:02 +03:00
net: devlink: introduce devlink_compat_switch_id_get() helper Introduce devlink_compat_switch_id_get() helper which fills up switch_id according to passed netdev pointer. Call it directly from dev_get_port_parent_id() as a fallback when ndo_get_port_parent_id is not defined for given netdev. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-03 14:24:17 +02:00
net: devlink: use devlink_port pointer instead of ndo_get_devlink_port Use newly introduced devlink_port pointer instead of getting it calling to ndo_get_devlink_port op. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-02 17:02:09 +01:00
devlink: Move switch_port attribute of devlink_port_attrs to devlink_port The struct devlink_port_attrs holds the attributes of devlink_port. Similarly to the previous patch, 'switch_port' attribute is another exception. Move 'switch_port' to be devlink_port's field. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-07-09 16:18:15 +03:00
net: devlink: introduce devlink_compat_switch_id_get() helper Introduce devlink_compat_switch_id_get() helper which fills up switch_id according to passed netdev pointer. Call it directly from dev_get_port_parent_id() as a fallback when ndo_get_port_parent_id is not defined for given netdev. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-03 14:24:17 +02:00